1 Global variables
2 Function Categories
3 Basic Essentials
4 Database Functions
5 Transaction Functions
6 Date & Time Functions
7 File System Functions
- 7.1 io.exists
- 7.2 lfs.attributes
8 Mapper Functions
9 Miscellaneous Functions
10 Mudlet Object Functions
11 Networking Functions
12 String Functions
13 Table Functions
14 Text to Speech Functions
15 UI Functions

Here you can find a long list of all possible Lua functions and programming interfaces (API) that Mudlet offers. Due to the integrated Lua, you can also use all regular Lua functions. In the following page, we will explain the usage, expected behaviour and examples for the functions added in Mudlet.

Global variables

Mudlet defines several global Lua variables that are accessible from anywhere.

Built-in Lua Variables
Variable Name		Description
`command`		This variable holds the current user command, i.e. unchanged by any aliases or triggers. This is typically used in alias scripts.
`line`		This variable holds the content of the current line as being processed by the trigger engine. The engine runs all triggers on each line as it arrives from the MUD.
`matches[n]`		This Lua table is being used by Mudlet in the context of triggers that use Perl regular expressions. matches[1] holds the entire match, matches[2] holds the first capture group, matches[n] holds the nth-1 capture group. If the Perl trigger indicated 'match all' (same effect as the Perl /g switch) to evaluate all possible matches of the given regex within the current line, matches[n+1] will hold the second entire match, matches[n+2] the first capture group of the second match and matches[n+m] the m-th capture group of the second match.
`multimatches[n][m]`		This table is being used by Mudlet in the context of multiline triggers that use Perl regular expression. It holds the table matches[n] as described above for each Perl regular expression based condition of the multiline trigger. multimatches[5][4] may hold the 3rd capture group of the 5th regex in the multiline trigger. This way you can examine and process all relevant data within a single script.
`mudlet.translations`		Contains translations of some common texts (right now, exit directions only) that are helpful to you in Lua scripting, as well as the current language selected for the user interface. - See translateTable()
`mudlet.key`		Makes your life easier when creating new keybindings via Lua by translating the key name into the number needed - see tempKey().
`mudlet.keymodifier`		Same as `mudlet.key`, but for keyboard modifiers - Ctrl, Alt, etc.
`mudlet.supports`		Lists special functionality that the users Mudlet supports - right now, just `mudlet.supports.coroutines` is listed. Use `mudlet.supports` to conditionally enable functionality as it's available on the users Mudlet.

There are other variables that hold MUD-protocol data that are global as well - see Supported Protocols.

Function Categories

Basic Essential Functions: These functions are generic functions used in normal scripting. These deal with mainly everyday things, like sending stuff and echoing to the screen.

Database Functions: A collection of functions for helping deal with the database.

Date/Time Functions: A collection of functions for handling Date & Time.

File System Functions: A collection of functions for interacting with the file system.

Mapper Functions: A collection of functions that manipulate the mapper and its related features.

Miscellaneous Functions: Miscellaneous functions.

Scripting Object Functions: A collection of arrows that manipulate Mudlets scripting objects - triggers, aliases, and so forth.

Networking Functions: A collection of functions for managing networking.

String Functions: These functions are used to manipulate strings.

Text Functions: These functions are used to access a selected Mudlet/System provided dictionary and a user dictionary that can be specific to a profile or shared between those that chose the shared option.

Table Functions: These functions are used to manipulate tables. Through them you can add to tables, remove values, check if a value is present in the table, check the size of a table, and more.

Text to Speech Functions: These functions are used to create sound from written words. Check out our Text-To-Speech Manual for more detail on how this all works together.

UI Functions: These functions are used to construct custom user GUIs. They deal mainly with miniconsole/label/gauge creation and manipulation as well as displaying or formatting information on the screen.

Basic Essentials

These functions are generic functions used in normal scripting. These deal with mainly everyday things, like sending stuff and echoing to the screen.

send

send(command, showOnScreen): This sends "command" directly to the network layer, skipping the alias matching. The optional second argument of type boolean (print) determines if the outgoing command is to be echoed on the screen.

echo

echo([miniconsoleName or labelName], text): This function appends text at the end of the current line.

Parameters

miniconsoleName: (optional) the miniconsole to echo to, or:
labelName: (optional) the label to echo to.
text: text you'd like to see printed. You can use \n in an echo to insert a new line. If you're echoing this to a label, you can also use styling to colour, center, increase/decrease size of text and various other formatting options as listed here.

Example

-- a miniconsole example

-- first, determine the size of your screen
local windowWidth, windowHeight = getMainWindowSize()

-- create the miniconsole
createMiniConsole("sys", windowWidth-650,0,650,300)
setBackgroundColor("sys",255,69,0,255)
setMiniConsoleFontSize("sys", 8)
-- wrap lines in window "sys" at 40 characters per line - somewhere halfway, as an example
setWindowWrap("sys", 40)

echo("sys","Hello world!\n")
cecho("sys", "<:OrangeRed>This is random spam with the same background\n")
cecho("sys", "<blue:OrangeRed>and this is with a blue foreground. ")
cecho("sys", "<bisque:BlueViolet>Lastly, this is with both a foreground and a background.\n")

-- a label example

-- This example creates a transparent overlay message box to show a big warning message "You are under attack!" in the middle 
-- of the screen. Because the background color has a transparency level of 150 (0-255, with 0 being completely transparent 
-- and 255 opaque) the background text can still be read through.
local width, height = getMainWindowSize()
createLabel("messageBox",(width/2)-300,(height/2)-100,250,150,1)
resizeWindow("messageBox",500,70)
moveWindow("messageBox", (width/2)-300,(height/2)-100 )
setBackgroundColor("messageBox", 255, 204, 0, 200)
echo("messageBox", [[<p style="font-size:35px"><b><center><font color="red">You are under attack!</font></center></b></p>]])

display

display(content): This is much like echo, in that is will show text at your screen, not send anything to anywhere. However, it also works with other objects than just text, like a number, table, function, or even many arguments at once. This function is useful to easily take a look at the values of a lua table, for example. If a value is a string, it'll be in quotes, and if it's a number, it won't be quoted.

Note: Do not use this to display information to end-users. It may be hard to read. It is mainly useful for developing/debugging.

myTable = {} -- create an empty lua table
myTable.foo = "Hello there" -- add a text
myTable.bar = 23 -- add a number
myTable.ubar = function () echo("OK") end -- add more stuff
display( myTable ) -- take a look inside the table

debugc

debugc(content): Again this will not send anything to anywhere. It will however print not to the main window, but only to the errors view. You need to open that window to see the message.

Database Functions

These database functions make using a database with Mudlet easier. They are in addition to the LuaSQL sqlite driver that's available directly within Mudlet (also see the LuaSQL manual for comparison).

For a tutorial on how to get started with the database functions, see here.

db:add

db:add(sheet reference, table1, …, tableN): Adds one or more new rows to the specified sheet. If any of these rows would violate a UNIQUE index, a lua error will be thrown and execution will cancel. As such it is advisable that if you use a UNIQUE index, you test those values before you attempt to insert a new row.; Returns nil plus the error message if the operation failed (so it won't raise an a runtime error in Mudlet).
Example

--Each table is a series of key-value pairs to set the values of the sheet, 
--but if any keys do not exist then they will be set to nil or the default value.
db:add(mydb.enemies, {name="Bob Smith", city="San Francisco"})
db:add(mydb.enemies,
     {name="John Smith", city="San Francisco"},
     {name="Jane Smith", city="San Francisco"},
     {name="Richard Clark"})

As you can see, all fields are optional.

db:aggregate

db:aggregate(field reference, aggregate function, query, distinct): Returns the result of calling the specified aggregate function on the field and its sheet. The query is optional.; The supported aggregate functions are:

COUNT - Returns the total number of records that are in the sheet or match the query.
AVG - Returns the average of all the numbers in the specified field.
MAX - Returns the highest number in the specified field.
MIN - Returns the lowest number in the specified field.
TOTAL - Returns the value of adding all the contents of the specified field.

Note: You can supply a boolean true for the distinct argument since Mudlet 3.0 to filter by distinct values.

Example

local mydb = db:get_database("my database")
echo(db:aggregate(mydb.enemies.name, "count"))

db:AND

db:AND(sub-expression1, …, sub-expressionN): Returns a compound database expression that combines all of the simple expressions passed into it; these expressions should be generated with other db: functions such as db:eq, db:like, db:lt and the like.; This compound expression will only find items in the sheet if all sub-expressions match.

db:between

db:between(field reference, lower_bound, upper_bound): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is a value between lower_bound and upper_bound. This only really makes sense for numbers and Timestamps.

db:close

db:close(database name): Closes a database connection so it can't be used anymore.

db:create

db:create(database name, schema table): Creates and/or modifies an existing database. This function is safe to define at a top-level of a Mudlet script: in fact it is reccommended you run this function at a top-level without any kind of guards. If the named database does not exist it will create it. If the database does exist then it will add any columns or indexes which didn’t exist before to that database (note that this does not currently work in Mudlet 2.1 due to a bug in Lua SQL. See below on how to deal with it). If the database already has all the specified columns and indexes, it will do nothing.; The database will be called Database_<sanitized database name>.db and will be stored in the Mudlet configuration directory within your profile folder.; Database tables are called sheets consistantly throughout this documentation, to avoid confusion with Lua tables.; The schema table must be a Lua table array containing table dictionaries that define the structure and layout of each sheet

Example

local mydb = db:create("combat_log",
  {
    kills = {
              name = "",
              area = "",
              killed = db:Timestamp("CURRENT_TIMESTAMP"),
              _index = { {"name", "area"} }
          },
            enemies = {
              name = "",
                  city = "",
                  reason = "",
                  enemied = db:Timestamp("CURRENT_TIMESTAMP"),
                  _index = { "city" },
                  _unique = { "name" },
                  _violations = "IGNORE"
    }
  })

The above will create a database with two sheets; the first is kills and is used to track every successful kill, with both where and when the kill happened. It has one index, a compound index tracking the combination of name and area. The second sheet has two indexes, but one is unique: it isn’t possible to add two items to the enemies sheet with the same name.

For sheets with unique indexes, you may specify a _violations key to indicate how the db layer handle cases where the unique index is violated. The options you may use are:

FAIL - the default. A hard error is thrown, cancelling the script.
IGNORE - The command that would add a record that violates uniqueness just fails silently.
REPLACE - The old record which matched the unique index is dropped, and the new one is added to replace it.

Returns a reference of an already existing database. This instance can be used to get references to the sheets (and from there, fields) that are defined within the database. You use these references to construct queries.

If a database has a sheet named enemies, you can obtain a reference to that sheet by simply doing:

local mydb = db:get_database("my database")
local enemies_ref = mydb.enemieslocal
local name_ref = mydb.enemies.name

Note: db:create() supports adding new columns and indexes to existing databases, but this functionality is currently broken in Mudlet 2.1 due to the underlying Lua SQL binding used being out of date. When you want to add a new column, you have several options:

if you are just testing and getting setup, close Mudlet, and delete the Database_<sanitized database name>.db file in your Mudlet folder.
if you've already gotten a script and have a fair bit of data with it, or users are already using your script and telling them to delete files on an upgrade is unreasonable, you can use direct SQL to add in a new column. WARNING, this is an expert option, and requires knowledge of SQL to accomplish. You must backup your database file before you start coding this in.

  -- at first, update your db:create schema to have the new field.
  -- then, we'll tell the database to create it if it doesn't exist

  -- fetch the data we've got in our sample database
  local test = db:fetch(ndb.db.people)
  -- this requires at least one entry in the database to work
  if next(test) then
    local _,someperson = next(test)
    
    -- in this example, we want to add an order key. If there is no key, means it doesn't exist yet, so it should be added.
    if someperson.order == nil then
      -- do not do the things you see here elsewhere else. This is a big hack/workaround.
      local conn = db.__conn.namedb
      -- order should be a text field, so note that we specify it's type with TEXT and the default value at the end with ""
      local sql_add = [[ALTER TABLE people ADD COLUMN "order" TEXT NULL DEFAULT ""]]
      conn:execute(sql_add)
      conn:commit()
    end

    -- here is an another example, in one where we need to add a field that is a number
    if someperson.dragon == nil then
      local conn = db.__conn.namedb
      -- observe that we use the REAL type by default instead and a default of 0
      local sql_add = [[ALTER TABLE people ADD COLUMN "dragon" REAL NULL DEFAULT 0]]
      conn:execute(sql_add)
      conn:commit()
    end
  end

db:delete

db:delete(sheet reference, query): Deletes rows from the specified sheet. The argument for query tries to be intelligent:

If it is a simple number, it deletes a specific row by _row_id
If it is a table that contains a _row_id (e.g., a table returned by db:get) it deletes just that record.
Otherwise, it deletes every record which matches the query pattern which is specified as with b:get.
If the query is simply true, then it will truncate the entire contents of the sheet.

Example

enemies = db:fetch(mydb.enemies)
db:delete(mydb.enemies, enemies[1])

db:delete(mydb.enemies, enemies[1]._row_id)
db:delete(mydb.enemies, 5)
db:delete(mydb.enemies, db:eq(mydb.enemies.city, "San Francisco"))
db:delete(mydb.enemies, true)

Those deletion commands will do in order:

one When passed an actual result table that was obtained from db:fetch, it will delete the record for that table.
two When passed a number, will delete the record for that _row_id. This example shows getting the row id from a table.
three As above, but this example just passes in the row id directly.
four Here, we will delete anything which matches the same kind of query as db:fetch uses-- namely, anyone who is in the city of San Francisco.
five And finally, we will delete the entire contents of the enemies table.

db:eq

db:eq(field reference, value): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is equal to the value.

db:exp

db:exp(string): Returns the string as-is to the database.; Use this function with caution, but it is very useful in some circumstances. One of the most common of such is incrementing an existing field in a db:set() operation, as so:

db:set(mydb.enemies, db:exp("kills + 1"), db:eq(mydb.enemies.name, "Ixokai"))

This will increment the value of the kills field for the row identified by the name Ixokai.

But there are other uses, as the underlining database layer provides many functions you can call to do certain things. If you want to get a list of all your enemies who have a name longer then 10 characters, you may do:

db:fetch(mydb.enemies, db:exp("length(name) > 10"))

Again, take special care with this, as you are doing SQL syntax directly and the library can’t help you get things right.

db:fetch

db:fetch(sheet reference, query, order_by, descending): Returns a table array containing a table for each matching row in the specified sheet. All arguments but sheet are optional. If query is nil, the entire contents of the sheet will be returned.; Query is a string which should be built by calling the various db: expression functions, such as db:eq, db:AND, and such. You may pass a SQL WHERE clause here if you wish, but doing so is very dangerous. If you don’t know SQL well, its best to build the expression.; Query may also be a table array of such expressions, if so they will be AND’d together implicitly.; The results that are returned are not in any guaranteed order, though they are usually the same order as the records were inserted. If you want to rely on the order in any way, you must pass a value to the order_by field. This must be a table array listing the fields you want to sort by. It can be { mydb.kills.area }, or { mydb.kills.area, mydb.kills.name }; The results are returned in ascending (smallest to largest) order; to reverse this pass true into the final field.

Example

db:fetch(mydb.enemies, nil, {mydb.enemies.city, mydb.enemies.name})
db:fetch(mydb.enemies, db:eq(mydb.enemies.city, "San Francisco"))
db:fetch(mydb.kills,
     {db:eq(mydb.kills.area, "Undervault"),
     db:like(mydb.kills.name, "%Drow%")}
)

The first will fetch all of your enemies, sorted first by the city they reside in and then by their name.

The second will fetch only the enemies which are in San Francisco.

The third will fetch all the things you’ve killed in Undervault which have Drow in their name.

db:fetch_sql

db:fetch_sql(sheet reference, sql string): Allows to run db:fetch with hand crafted sql statements.

db:gt

db:gt(field reference, value): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is greater than to the value.

db:get_database

db:get_database(database_name): Returns your database name.

Example

local mydb = db:get_database("my database")

db:gte

db:gte(field reference, value): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is greater than or equal to the value.

db:in_

db:in_(field reference, table array): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is one of the values in the table array.; First, note the trailing underscore carefully! It is required.; The following example illustrates the use of in_:

local mydb = db:get_database("my database")
local areas = {"Undervault", "Hell", "Purgatory"}

db:fetch(mydb.kills, db:in_(mydb.kills.area, areas))

This will obtain all of your kills which happened in the Undervault, Hell or Purgatory. Every db:in_ expression can be written as a db:OR, but that quite often gets very complex.

db:is_nil

db:is_nil(field reference): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is nil.

db:is_not_nil

db:is_not_nil(field reference): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is not nil.

db:like

db:like(field reference, pattern): returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet matches the specified pattern.; LIKE patterns are not case-sensitive, and allow two wild cards. The first is an underscore which matches any single one character. The second is a percent symbol which matches zero or more of any character.; LIKE with "_" is therefore the same as the "." regular expression.; LIKE with "%" is therefore the same as ".*" regular expression.

db:lt

db:lt(field reference, value): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is less than the value.

db:lte

db:lte(field reference, value): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is less than or equal to the value.

db:merge_unique

db:merge_unique(sheet reference, table array): Merges the specified table array into the sheet, modifying any existing rows and adding any that don’t exist.; This function is a convenience utility that allows you to quickly modify a sheet, changing existing rows and add new ones as appropriate. It ONLY works on sheets which have a unique index, and only when that unique index is only on a single field. For more complex situations you’ll have to do the logic yourself.; The table array may contain tables that were either returned previously by db:fetch, or new tables that you’ve constructed with the correct fields, or any mix of both. Each table must have a value for the unique key that has been set on this sheet.
For example, consider this database

local mydb = db:create("peopledb",
     {
          friends = {
               name = "",
               race = "",
               level = 0,
               city = "",
               _index = { "city" },
               _unique = { "name" }
          }
);

Here you have a database with one sheet, which contains your friends, their race, level, and what city they live in. Let’s say you want to fetch everyone who lives in San Francisco, you could do:

local results = db:fetch(mydb.friends, db:eq(mydb.friends.city, "San Francisco"))

The tables in results are static, any changes to them are not saved back to the database. But after a major radioactive cataclysm rendered everyone in San Francisco a mutant, you could make changes to the tables as so:

for _, friend in ipairs(results) do
     friend.race = "Mutant"
end

If you are also now aware of a new arrival in San Francisco, you could add them to that existing table array:

results[#results+1] = {name="Bobette", race="Mutant", city="San Francisco"}

And commit all of these changes back to the database at once with:

db:merge_unique(mydb.friends, results)

The db:merge_unique function will change the city values for all the people who we previously fetched, but then add a new record as well.

db:not_between

db:not_between(field reference, lower_bound, upper_bound): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is not a value between lower_bound and upper_bound. This only really makes sense for numbers and Timestamps.

db:not_eq

db:not_eq(field reference, value): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is NOT equal to the value.

db:not_in

db:not_in(field reference, table array): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet is not one of the values in the table array.

db:not_like

db:not_like(field reference, pattern): Returns a database expression to test if the field in the sheet does not match the specified pattern.; LIKE patterns are not case-sensitive, and allow two wild cards. The first is an underscore which matches any single one character. The second is a percent symbol which matches zero or more of any character.; LIKE with "_" is therefore the same as the "." regular expression.; LIKE with "%" is therefore the same as ".*" regular expression.

db:OR

db:OR(sub-expression1, sub-expression2): Returns a compound database expression that combines both of the simple expressions passed into it; these expressions should be generated with other db: functions such as db:eq, db:like, db:lt and the like.

This compound expression will find any item that matches either the first or the second sub-expression.

db:query_by_example

db:query_by_example(sheet reference, example table): Returns a query for database content matching the given example, which can be used for db:delete, db:fetch and db:set. Different fields of the example are AND connected.

Field values should be strings and can contain the following values:

literal strings to search for
comparison terms prepended with <, >, >=, <=, !=, <> for number and date comparisons
ranges with :: between lower and upper bound
different single values combined by || as OR
strings containing % for a single and _ for multiple wildcard characters

Note: Available from Mudlet 3.0 release.

Example

mydb = db:create("mydb",
{
  sheet = {
  name = "", id = 0, city = "",
  _index = { "name" },
  _unique = { "id" },
  _violations = "FAIL"
  }
})
test_data = {
  {name="Ixokai", city="Magnagora", id=1},
  {name="Vadi", city="New Celest", id=2},
  {name="Heiko", city="Hallifax", id=3},
  {name="Keneanung", city="Hashan", id=4},
  {name="Carmain", city="Mhaldor", id=5},
  {name="Ixokai", city="Hallifax", id=6},
}
db:add(mydb.sheet, unpack(test_data))
res = db:fetch(mydb.sheet, db:query_by_example(mydb.sheet, { name = "Ixokai"}))
display(res)
--[[
Prints
{
  {
    id = 1,
    name = "Ixokai",
    city = "Magnagora"
  },
  {
    id = 6,
    name = "Ixokai",
    city = "Hallifax"
  }
}
--]]

mydb = db:create("mydb",
  {
    sheet = {
    name = "", id = 0, city = "",
    _index = { "name" },
    _unique = { "id" },
    _violations = "FAIL"
    }
  })
test_data = {
  {name="Ixokai", city="Magnagora", id=1},
  {name="Vadi", city="New Celest", id=2},
  {name="Heiko", city="Hallifax", id=3},
  {name="Keneanung", city="Hashan", id=4},
  {name="Carmain", city="Mhaldor", id=5},
  {name="Ixokai", city="Hallifax", id=6},
}
db:add(mydb.sheet, unpack(test_data))
res = db:fetch(mydb.sheet, db:query_by_example(mydb.sheet, { name = "Ixokai", id = "1"}))
display(res)
--[[
  Prints
  {
    id = 1,
    name = "Ixokai",
    city = "Magnagora"
  }
--]]

db:safe_name

db:safe_name(string): Strips all non-alphanumeric characters from the input string.Mainly used to sanitize database names.

db:set

db:set(field reference, value, query): The db:set function allows you to set a certain field to a certain value across an entire sheet. Meaning, you can change all of the last_read fields in the sheet to a certain value, or possibly only the last_read fields which are in a certain city. The query argument can be any value which is appropriate for db:fetch, even nil which will change the value for the specified column for EVERY row in the sheet.; For example, consider a situation in which you are tracking how many times you find a certain type of egg during Easter. You start by setting up your database and adding an Eggs sheet, and then adding a record for each type of egg.

Example

local mydb = db:create("egg database", {eggs = {color = "", last_found = db.Timestamp(false), found = 0}})
        db:add(mydb.eggs,
                {color = "Red"},
                {color = "Blue"},
                {color = "Green"},
                {color = "Yellow"},
                {color = "Black"}
        )

Now, you have three columns. One is a string, one a timestamp (that ends up as nil in the database), and one is a number.

You can then set up a trigger to capture from the mud the string, "You pick up a (.*) egg!", and you end up arranging to store the value of that expression in a variable called "myegg".

To increment how many we found, we will do this:

myegg = "Red" -- We will pretend a trigger set this.
        db:set(mydb.eggs.found, db:exp("found + 1"), db:eq(mydb.eggs.color, myegg))
        db:set(mydb.eggs.last_found, db.Timestamp("CURRENT_TIMESTAMP"), db:eq(mydb.eggs.color, myegg))

This will go out and set two fields in the Red egg sheet; the first is the found field, which will increment the value of that field (using the special db:exp function). The second will update the last_found field with the current time.

Once this contest is over, you may wish to reset this data but keep the database around. To do that, you may use a more broad use of db:set as such:

db:set(mydb.eggs.found, 0)
db:set(mydb.eggs.last_found, nil)

db:update

db:update(sheet reference, table): This function updates a row in the specified sheet, but only accepts a row which has been previously obtained by db:fetch. Its primary purpose is that if you do a db:fetch, then change the value of a field or tow, you can save back that table.

Example

local mydb = db:get_database("my database")
local bob = db:fetch(mydb.friends, db:eq(mydb.friends.name, "Bob"))[1]
bob.notes = "He's a really awesome guy."
db:update(mydb.friends, bob)

This obtains a database reference, and queries the friends sheet for someone named Bob. As this returns a table array containing only one item, it assigns that one item to the local variable named bob. We then change the notes on Bob, and pass it into db:update() to save the changes back.

db:_sql_convert

db:_sql_convert(value): Converts a data value in Lua to its SQL equivalent; notably it will also escape single-quotes to prevent inadvertant SQL injection.

db:_sql_values

db:_sql_values(values): This quotes values to be passed into an INSERT or UPDATE operation in a SQL list. Meaning, it turns {x="this", y="that", z=1} into ('this', 'that', 1). It is intelligent with data-types; strings are automatically quoted (with internal single quotes escaped), nil turned into NULL, timestamps converted to integers, and such.

Transaction Functions

These functions facilitate use of transactions with a database. This can safely be ignored in most cases, but can provide useful functionality in specific circumstances. Transactions allow batching sets of changes to be accepted or rejected at a later point. Bear in mind that transactions affect an entire database.

db:_begin

db:_begin(): This function halts all automatic disk writes for the database. This can be especially helpful when running large or frequent (multiple times a second) database edits through multiple function calls to prevent Mudlet freezing or jittering. Calling this on a database already in a transaction will have no effect, but will not produce an error.

db:_commit

db:_commit(): This function forces the database to save all changes to disk, beginning a new transaction in the process.

db:_end

db:_end(): This function re-enables automatic disk writes for the database. It will not commit changes to disk on its own, nor will it end the current transaction. Using db:_commit() or any database function that writes changes after this will save the transaction to disk. Using db:_begin again before this happens will continue the previous transaction without writing anything to disk.

db:_rollback

db:_rollback(): This function will discard all changes that have occurred during the current transaction and begin a new one. Use of this function will not toggle the auto-write state of the database.

Date & Time Functions

A collection of functions for handling Date & Time.

datetime:parse

datetime:parse(source, format, as_epoch): Parses the specified source string, according to the format if given, to return a representation of the date/time. If as_epoch is provided and true, the return value will be a Unix epoch — the number of seconds since 1970. This is a useful format for exchanging date/times with other systems. If as_epoch is false, then a Lua time table will be returned. Details of the time tables are provided in the Lua Manual.

Supported Format Codes

%b = Abbreviated Month Name
%B = Full Month Name
%d = Day of Month
%H = Hour (24-hour format)
%I = Hour (12-hour format, requires %p as well)
%p = AM or PM
%m = 2-digit month (01-12)
%M = 2-digit minutes (00-59)
%S = 2-digit seconds (00-59)
%y = 2-digit year (00-99), will automatically prepend 20 so 10 becomes 2010 and not 1910.
%Y = 4-digit year.

getEpoch

seconds = getEpoch(): This function returns the seconds since Unix epoch with milliseconds.

Example

getEpoch() -- will show e.g. 1523555867.191

getTime

time = getTime(returntype, format): returntype takes a boolean value (in Lua anything but false or nil will translate to true). If false, the function will return a table in the following format:

{ 'min': #, 'year': #, 'month': #, 'day': #, 'sec': #, 'hour': #, 'msec': # }

If true, it will return the date and time as a string using a format passed to the format arg or the default of "yyyy.MM.dd hh:mm:ss.zzz" if none is supplied:

2012.02.18 00:52:52.489

Format expressions:

h               the hour without a leading zero (0 to 23 or 1 to 12 if AM/PM display)
hh              the hour with a leading zero (00 to 23 or 01 to 12 if AM/PM display)
H               the hour without a leading zero (0 to 23, even with AM/PM display)
HH              the hour with a leading zero (00 to 23, even with AM/PM display)
m               the minute without a leading zero (0 to 59)
mm              the minute with a leading zero (00 to 59)
s               the second without a leading zero (0 to 59)
ss              the second with a leading zero (00 to 59)
z               the milliseconds without leading zeroes (0 to 999)
zzz             the milliseconds with leading zeroes (000 to 999)
AP or A         use AM/PM display. AP will be replaced by either "AM" or "PM".
ap or a         use am/pm display. ap will be replaced by either "am" or "pm".

d               the day as number without a leading zero (1 to 31)
dd              the day as number with a leading zero (01 to 31)
ddd             the abbreviated localized day name (e.g. 'Mon' to 'Sun'). Uses QDate::shortDayName().
dddd            the long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday' to 'Qt::Sunday'). Uses QDate::longDayName().
M               the month as number without a leading zero (1-12)
MM              the month as number with a leading zero (01-12)
MMM             the abbreviated localized month name (e.g. 'Jan' to 'Dec'). Uses QDate::shortMonthName().
MMMM            the long localized month name (e.g. 'January' to 'December'). Uses QDate::longMonthName().
yy              the year as two digit number (00-99)
yyyy            the year as four digit number

All other input characters will be ignored. Any sequence of characters that are enclosed in single quotes will be treated as text and not be used as an expression. Two consecutive single quotes ('') are replaced by a single single quote in the output.

Example

-- Get time as a table
getTime()

-- Get time with default string
getTime(true)

-- Get time without date and milliseconds
getTime(true, "hh:mm:ss")

getTimestamp

time = getTimestamp([console_name], lineNumber): Returns the timestamp string as it’s seen when you enable the timestamps view (blue i button bottom right).

Note: Available since Mudlet 1.1.0-pre1.

Example

-- echo the timestamp of the current line in a trigger:
echo(getTimestamp(getLineCount()))

-- insert the timestamp into a "chat" miniconsole
cecho("chat", "<red>"..getTimestamp(getLineCount()))

shms

shms(seconds, bool): Converts seconds into hours, minutes and seconds, displaying the result as a table. An optional second argument can be passed to return the result as an echo.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.0.

Example

--Determine the total number of seconds and display:
shms(65535, true)

File System Functions

A collection of functions for interacting with the file system.

io.exists

TrueOrFalse = io.exists(): Checks to see if a given file or folder exists.; If it exists, it’ll return the Lua true boolean value, otherwise false.; See lfs.attributes() for a cross-platform solution.

Example

-- This example works on Linux only
if io.exists("/home/vadi/Desktop") then
  echo("This folder exists!")
else
  echo("This folder doesn't exist.")
end

-- This example will work on both Windows and Linux.
if io.exists("/home/vadi/Desktop/file.tx") then
  echo("This file exists!")
else
  echo("This file doesn't exist.")
end

lfs.attributes

infoTable = lfs.attributes(path): Returns a table with detailed information regarding a file or directory, or nil if path is invalid / file or folder does not exist.

Example

fileInfo = lfs.attributes("/path/to/file_or_directory")
if fileInfo then
    if fileInfo.mode == "directory" then
        echo("Path points to a directory.")
    elseif fileInfo.mode == "file" then
        echo("Path points to a file.")
    else
        echo("Path points to: "..fileInfo.mode)
    end
    display(fileInfo) -- to see the detailed information
else
    echo("The path is invalid (file/directory doesn't exist)")
end

Mapper Functions

These are functions that are to be used with the Mudlet Mapper. The mapper is designed to be MUD-generic - it only provides the display and pathway calculations, to be used in Lua scripts that are tailored to the MUD you're playing. For a collection of pre-made scripts and general mapper talk, visit the mapper section of the forums.

To register a script as a mapping one with Mudlet (so Mudlet knows the profile has one and won't bother the user when they open the map), please do this in your script:

mudlet = mudlet or {}; mudlet.mapper_script = true

addAreaName

areaID = addAreaName(areaName)

Adds a new area name and returns the new (positive) area ID for the new name. If the name already exists, older versions of Mudlet returned -1 though since 3.0 the code will return nil and an error message.

addCustomLine

addCustomLine(roomID, id_to, direction, style, color, arrow): See also: getCustomLines(), removeCustomLine()

Adds a new/replaces an existing custom exit line to the 2D mapper for the room with the Id given.

Parameters

roomID:

Room ID to attach the custom line to.

id_to:

EITHER: a room Id number, of a room on same area who's x and y coordinates are used as the other end of a SINGLE segment custom line (it does NOT imply that is what the exit it represent goes to, just the location of the end of the line);

OR: a table of sets of THREE (x,y and z) coordinates in that order, x and y can be decimals, z is an integer (and must be present and be the same for all points on the line, though it is irrelevant to what is produced as the line is drawn on the same z-coordinate as the room that the line is attached to!)

direction: a string to associate the line with a valid exit direction, "n", "ne", "e", "se", "s", "sw", "w", "nw", "up", "down", "in" or "out" or a special exit (before Mudlet 3.17 this was case-sensitive and cardinal directions had to be uppercase).
style: a string, one of: "solid line", "dot line", "dash line", "dash dot line" or "dash dot dot line" exactly.
color: a table of three integers between 0 and 255 as the custom line color as the red, green and blue components in that order.
arrow: a boolean which if true will set the custom line to have an arrow on the end of the last segment.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.

Examples

-- create a line from roomid 1 to roomid 2
addCustomLine(1, 2, "N", "dot line", {0, 255, 255}, true)

addCustomLine(1, {{4.5, 5.5, 3}, {4.5, 9.5, 3}, {6.0, 9.5, 3}}, "climb Rope", "dash dot dot line", {128, 128, 0}, false)

A bigger example that'll create a new area and the room in it:

local areaid = addAreaName("my first area")
local newroomid = createRoomID()
addRoom(newroomid)
setRoomArea(newroomid, "my first area")
setRoomCoordinates(newroomid, 0, 0, 0)

addCustomLine(newroomid, {{4.5, 5.5, 3}, {4.5, 9.5, 3}, {6.0, 9.5, 3}}, "climb Rope", "dash dot dot line", {128, 128, 0}, false)

centerview(newroomid)

Note: At the time of writing there is no Lua command to remove a custom exit line and, for Normal exits in the X-Y plane, revert to the standard straight line between the start room and the end room (or colored arrow for out of area exits) however this can be done from the GUI interface to the 2D mapper.

addMapEvent

addMapEvent(uniquename, event name, parent, display name, arguments)

Adds a new entry to an existing mapper right-click entry. You can add one with addMapMenu. If there is no display name, it will default to the unique name (which otherwise isn't shown and is just used to differentiate this entry from others). event name is the Mudlet event that will be called when this is clicked on, and arguments will be passed to the handler function.

Example

addMapEvent("room a", "onFavorite") -- will make a label "room a" on the map menu's right click that calls onFavorite

addMapEvent("room b", "onFavorite", "Favorites", "Special Room!", 12345, "arg1", "arg2", "argn")

The last line will make a label "Special Room!" under the "Favorites" menu that on clicking will send all the arguments.

addMapMenu

addMapMenu(uniquename, parent, display name)

Adds a new submenu to the right-click menu that opens when you right-click on the mapper. You can then add more submenus to it, or add entries with addMapEvent().

Example

addMapMenu("Favorites") -- will create a menu, favorites

addMapMenu("Favorites1234343", "Favorites", "Favorites")

The last line will create a submenu with the unique id Favorites123.. under Favorites with the display name of Favorites.

addRoom

addRoom(roomID)

Creates a new room with the given ID, returns true if the room was successfully created.

Note: If you're not using incremental room IDs but room IDs stitched together from other factors or in-game hashes for room IDs - and your room IDs are starting off at 250+million numbers, you need to look into incrementally creating Mudlets room IDs with createRoomID() and associating your room IDs with Mudlets via setRoomIDbyHash() and getRoomIDbyHash(). The reason being is that Mudlet's A* pathfinding implementation from boost cannot deal with extremely large room IDs because the resulting matrices it creates for pathfinding are enormously huge.

addSpecialExit

addSpecialExit(roomIDFrom, roomIDTo, moveCommand)

Creates a one-way from one room to another, that will use the given command for going through them.

Example

-- add a one-way special exit going from room 1 to room 2 using the 'pull rope' command
addSpecialExit(1, 2, "pull rope")

Example in an alias:

-- sample alias pattern: ^spe (\d+) (.*?)$
-- currentroom is your current room ID in this example
addSpecialExit(currentroom,tonumber(matches[2]), matches[3])
echo("\n SPECIAL EXIT ADDED TO ROOMID:"..matches[2]..", Command:"..matches[3])
centerview(currentroom)

centerview

centerview (roomID)

Centers the map view onto the given room ID. The map must be open to see this take effect. This function can also be used to see the map of an area if you know the number of a room there and the area and room are mapped.

clearAreaUserData

clearAreaUserData(areaID)

Parameter

areaID - ID number for area to clear.

Clears all user data from a given area. Note that this will not touch the room user data.

Example

display(clearAreaUserData(34))
-- I did have data in that area, so it returns:
true

display(clearAreaUserData(34))
-- There is no data NOW, so it returns:
false

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.

clearAreaUserDataItem

clearAreaUserDataItem(areaID, key)

Removes the specific key and value from the user data from a given area.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.

Example

display(getAllAreaUserData(34))
{
  description = [[<area description here>]],
  ruler = "Queen Morgase Trakand"
}

display(clearAreaUserDataItem(34,"ruler"))
true

display(getAllAreaUserData(34))
{
  description = [[<area description here>]],
}

display(clearAreaUserDataItem(34,"ruler"))
false

clearMapUserData

clearMapUserData()

Clears all user data stored for the map itself. Note that this will not touch the area or room user data.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.

Example

display(clearMapUserData())
-- I did have user data stored for the map, so it returns:
true

display(clearMapUserData())
-- There is no data NOW, so it returns:
false

clearMapUserDataItem

clearUserDataItem(mapID, key)

Removes the specific key and value from the user data from the map user data.

Example

display(getAllMapUserData())
{
  description = [[<map description here>]],
  last_modified = "1483228799"
}

display(clearMapUserDataItem("last_modified"))
true

display(getAllMapUserData())
{
  description = [[<map description here>]],
}

display(clearMapUserDataItem("last_modified"))
false

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.

clearRoomUserData

clearRoomUserData(roomID)

Clears all user data from a given room.

Note: Returns a boolean true if any data was removed from the specified room and false if there was nothing to erase since Mudlet 3.0.

Example

display(clearRoomUserData(3441))
-- I did have data in that room, so it returns:
true

display(clearRoomUserData(3441))
-- There is no data NOW, so it returns:
false

clearRoomUserDataItem

clearRoomUserDataItem(roomID, key)

Removes the specific key and value from the user data from a given room.

Returns a boolean true if data was found against the give key in the user data for the given room and it is removed, will return false if exact key not present in the data. Returns nil if the room for the roomID not found.

Example

display(getAllRoomUserData(3441))
{
  description = [[
From this ledge you can see out across a large cavern to the southwest. The
east side of the cavern is full of stalactites and stalagmites and other
weird rock formations. The west side has a path through it and an exit to the
south. The sound of falling water pervades the cavern seeming to come from
every side. There is a small tunnel to your east and a stalactite within arms
reach to the south. It appears to have grown till it connects with the
stalagmite below it. Something smells... Yuck you are standing in bat guano!]],
  doorname_up = "trapdoor"
}

display(clearRoomUserDataItem(3441,"doorname_up"))
true

display(getAllRoomUserData(3441))
{
  description = [[
From this ledge you can see out across a large cavern to the southwest. The
east side of the cavern is full of stalactites and stalagmites and other
weird rock formations. The west side has a path through it and an exit to the
south. The sound of falling water pervades the cavern seeming to come from
every side. There is a small tunnel to your east and a stalactite within arms
reach to the south. It appears to have grown till it connects with the
stalagmite below it. Something smells... Yuck you are standing in bat guano!]],
}

display(clearRoomUserDataItem(3441,"doorname_up"))
false

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0+

clearSpecialExits

clearSpecialExits(roomID)

Removes all special exits from a room.

Example

clearSpecialExits(1337)

if #getSpecialExits(1337) == 0 then -- clearSpecialExits will never fail on a valid room ID, this is an example
  echo("All special exits successfully cleared from 1337.\n")
end

connectExitStub

connectExitStub(fromID, direction) or connectExitStub(fromID, toID, [direction])

Connects existing rooms with matching exit stubs. If you only give it a roomID and a direction, it'll work out which room should be linked to it that has an appropriate opposite exit stub and is located in the right direction. You can also just specify from and to room IDs, and it'll smartly use the right direction to link in. Lastly, you can specify all three arguments - fromID, toID and the direction (in that order) if you'd like to be explicit, or use setExit() for the same effect.

Parameters

fromID:

Room ID to set the exit stub in.

direction:

You can either specify the direction to link the room in, and/or a specific room ID (see below). Direction can be specified as a number, short direction name ("nw") or long direction name ("northwest").

toID:

The room ID to link this room to. If you don't specify it, the mapper will work out which room should be logically linked.

createMapLabel

labelID = createMapLabel(areaID, text, posx, posy, posz, fgRed, fgGreen, fgBlue, bgRed, bgGreen, bgBlue, zoom, fontSize, showOnTop, noScaling)

Creates a text label on the map at given coordinates, with the given background and foreground colors. It can go above or below the rooms, scale with zoom or stay a static size. It returns a label ID that you can use later for deleting it.

The coordinates 0,0 are in the middle of the map, and are in sync with the room coordinates - so using the x,y values of getRoomCoordinates() will place the label near that room.

createMapImageLabel

labelID = createMapImageLabel(areaID, filePath, posx, posy, posz, width, height, zoom, showOnTop)

Creates an image label on the map at the given coordinates, with the given dimensions and zoom. You might find the default room and image size correlation to be too big - try reducing the width and height of the image then, while also zooming in the same amount.

The coordinates 0,0 are in the middle of the map, and are in sync with the room coordinates - so using the x,y values of getRoomCoordinates() will place the label near that room.

createMapper

createMapper(x, y, width, height)

Creates a miniconsole window for the mapper to render in, the with the given dimensions. You can only create one mapper at a time, and it is not currently possible to have a label on or under the mapper - otherwise, clicks won't register.

Example

createMapper(0,0,300,300) -- creates a 300x300 mapper in the top-left corner of Mudlet
setBorderLeft(305) -- adds a border so text doesn't underlap the mapper display

-- another example:
local main = Geyser.Container:new({x=0,y=0,width="100%",height="100%",name="mapper container"})
 
local mapper = Geyser.Mapper:new({
  name = "mapper",
  x = "70%", y = 0, -- edit here if you want to move it
  width = "30%", height = "50%"
}, main)

Note: If this command is not used then clicking on the Main Toolbar's Map button will create a dock-able widget (that can be floated free to anywhere on the Desktop, it can be resized and does not have to even reside on the same monitor should there be multiple screens in your system). Further clicks on the Map button will toggle between showing and hiding the map whether it was created using the createMapper function or as a dock-able widget.

createRoomID

usableId = createRoomID([minimumStartingRoomId])

Returns the lowest possible room ID you can use for creating a new room. If there are gaps in room IDs your map uses it, this function will go through the gaps first before creating higher IDs.

Parameters

minimumStartingRoomId (optional):

If provided, specifies a roomID to start searching for an empty one at, instead of 1. Useful if you'd like to ensure certain areas have specific room number ranges, for example. If you you're working with a huge map, provide the last used room ID to this function for an available roomID to be found a lot quicker.

Note: minimumStartingRoomId is available since Mudlet 3.0.

deleteArea

deleteArea(areaID or areaName)

Deletes the given area and all rooms in it. Returns true on success or nil + error message otherwise.

deleteMapLabel

deleteMapLabel(areaID, labelID)

Deletes a map label from a specfic area.

deleteRoom

deleteRoom(roomID)

Deletes an individual room, and unlinks all exits leading to and from it.

Example

deleteRoom(335)

exportAreaImage

exportAreaImage(areaID)

Exports the area as an image into your profile's directory.

Example

-- save the area with ID 1 as a map
exportAreaImage(1)

Note: This command is currently inoperable in current 3.0+ versions of Mudlet.

getAllAreaUserData

dataTable = getAllAreaUserData(areaID)

Returns all the user data items stored in the given area ID; will return an empty table if there is no data stored or nil if there is no such area with that ID.

Example

display(getAllAreaUserData(34))
--might result in:--
{
  country = "Andor",
  ruler = "Queen Morgase Trakand"
}

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.0.

getAllMapUserData

dataTable = getAllMapUserData()

Returns all the user data items stored at the map level; will return an empty table if there is no data stored.

getAllRoomEntrances

exitsTable = getAllRoomEntrances(roomID)

Returns an indexed list of normal and special exits leading into this room. In case of two-way exits, this'll report exactly the same rooms as getRoomExits(), but this function has the ability to pick up one-way exits coming into the room as well.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.

Example

-- print the list of rooms that have exits leading into room 512
for _, roomid in ipairs(getAllRoomEntrances(512)) do 
  print(roomid)
end

getAllRoomUserData

dataTable = getAllRoomUserData(roomID)

Returns all the user data items stored in the given room ID; will return an empty table if there is no data stored or nil if there is no such room with that ID. Can be useful if the user was not the one who put the data in the map in the first place!

See also: getRoomUserDataKeys() - for a related command that only returns the data keys.

Example

display(getAllRoomUserData(3441))
--might result in:--
{
  description = [[
From this ledge you can see out across a large cavern to the southwest. The
east side of the cavern is full of stalactites and stalagmites and other
weird rock formations. The west side has a path through it and an exit to the
south. The sound of falling water pervades the cavern seeming to come from
every side. There is a small tunnel to your east and a stalactite within arms
reach to the south. It appears to have grown till it connects with the
stalagmite below it. Something smells... Yuck you are standing in bat guano!]],
  doorname_up = "trapdoor"
}

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.0.

getAreaExits

roomTable = getAreaExits(areaID, showExits)

Returns a table (indexed or key-value) of the rooms in the given area that have exits leading out to other areas - that is, border rooms.

Parameters

areaID:

Area ID to list the exits for.

showExits:

Boolean argument, if true then the exits that lead out to another area will be listed for each room.

getAreaRooms

areaTable = getAreaRooms(area id)

Returns an indexed table with all rooms IDs for a given area ID (room IDs are values), or nil if no such area exists.

Example

-- using the sample findAreaID() function defined in the getAreaTable() example, 
-- we'll define a function that echo's us a nice list of all rooms in an area with their ID
function echoRoomList(areaname)
  local id, msg = findAreaID(areaname)
  if id then
    local roomlist, endresult = getAreaRooms(id), {}
  
    -- obtain a room list for each of the room IDs we got
    for _, id in pairs(roomlist) do
      endresult[id] = getRoomName(id)
    end
  
    -- now display something half-decent looking
    cecho(string.format(
      "List of all rooms in %s (%d):\n", msg, table.size(endresult)))

    for roomid, roomname in pairs(endresult) do
      cecho(string.format(
        "%6s: %s\n", roomid, roomname))
    end
  elseif not id and msg then
    echo("ID not found; " .. msg)
  else
    echo("No areas matched the query.")
  end
end

getAreaTable

areaTable = getAreaTable()

Returns a key(area name)-value(area id) table with all known areas and their IDs. Some older versions of Mudlet return an area with an empty name and an ID of 0 included in it, you should ignore that.

getAreaTableSwap

areaTable = getAreaTableSwap()

Returns a key(area id)-value(area name) table with all known areas and their IDs. Unlike getAreaTable which won't show you all areas with the same name by different IDs, this function will. Some older versions of Mudlet return an area with an empty name and an ID of 0 included in it, you should ignore that.

getAreaUserData

dataValue = getAreaUserData(areaID, key)

Returns a specific data item stored against the given key for the given area ID number. This is very like the corresponding Room User Data command but intended for per area rather than for per room data (for storage of data relating to the whole map see the corresponding Map User Data commands.)

Returns the user data value (string) stored at a given room with a given key (string), or a Lua nil and an error message if the key is not present in the Area User Data for the given Area ID. Use setAreaUserData() function for storing the user data.

Example

display(getAreaUserData(34, "country"))
-- might produce --
"Andor"

Note:

getCustomEnvColorTable

envcolors = getCustomEnvColorTable()

Returns a table with customized environments, where the key is the environment ID and the value is a indexed table of rgb values.

getCustomLines

lineTable = getCustomLines(roomID): See also: addCustomLine(), removeCustomLine()

Returns a table including all the details of the custom exit lines, if any, for the room with the id given.

Parameters

roomID:

Room ID to return the custom line details of.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.

Example

display getCustomLines(1)
{
  ["climb Rope"] = {
    attributes = {
      color = {
        b = 0,
        g = 128,
        r = 128
      },
      style = "dash dot dot line",
      arrow = false
    },
    points = {
      {
        y = 9.5,
        x = 4.5
      },
      {
        y = 9.5,
        x = 6
      },
      [0] = {
        y = 5.5,
        x = 4.5
      }
    }
  },
  N = {
    attributes = {
      color = {
        b = 255,
        g = 255,
        r = 0
      },
      style = "dot line",
      arrow = true
    },
    points = {
      [0] = {
        y = 27,
        x = -3
      }
    }
  }
}

getDoors

doors = getDoors(roomID)

Returns a key-value table with the cardinal direction as the key and the door value as a number. If there are no doors in a room, it returns an empty table.

Parameters

roomID:

Room ID to check for doors in.

getExitStubs

stubs = getExitStubs(roomid)

Returns an indexed table (starting at 0) of the direction #'s that have an exit stub marked in them. You can use this information to connect earlier-made exit stubs between rooms when mapping.

Example

-- show the exit stubs in room 6 as numbers
local stubs = getExitStubs(6)
for i = 0, #stubs do print(stubs[i]) end

Note: Previously would throw a lua error on non-existent room - now returns nil plus error message (as does other run-time errors) - previously would return just a nil on NO exit stubs but now returns a notification error message as well, to aide disambiguation of the nil value.

getExitStubs1

stubs = getExitStubs1(roomid)

Returns an indexed table (starting at 1) of the direction #'s that have an exit stub marked in them. You can use this information to connect earlier-made exit stubs between rooms when mapping. As this function starts indexing from 1 as it is default in Lua, you can use ipairs() to iterate over the results.

See also: getExitStubs()

Example

-- show the exit stubs in room 6 as numbers
for k,v in ipairs(getExitStubs1(6)) do print(k,v) end

getExitWeights

weights = getExitWeights(roomid)

Returns a key-value table of the exit weights that a room has, with the direction or special exit as a key and the value as the exit weight. If a weight for a direction wasn't yet set, it won't be listed.

Parameters

roomid:

Room ID to view the exit weights in.

getGridMode

TrueOrFalse = getGridMode(areaID)

Use this to see, if a specific area has grid/wilderness view mode set. This way, you can also calculate from a script, how many grid areas a map has got in total.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.11

Parameters

areaID:

Area ID (number) to view the grid mode of.

getMapEvents

mapevents = getMapEvents()

Returns a list of map events currently registered. Each event is a dictionary with the keys uniquename, parent, event name, display name, and arguments, which correspond to the arguments of addMapEvent().

Example

addMapEvent("room a", "onFavorite") -- will make a label "room a" on the map menu's right click that calls onFavorite

addMapEvent("room b", "onFavorite", "Favorites", "Special Room!", 12345, "arg1", "arg2", "argn")

local mapEvents = getMapEvents()
for _, event in ipairs(mapEvents) do
  echo(string.format("MapEvent '%s' is bound to event '%s' with these args: '%s'", event["uniquename"], event["event name"], table.concat(event["arguments"], ",")))
end

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3

getMapLabel

labelinfo = getMapLabels(areaID, labelID)

Returns a key-value table describing that particular label in an area. Keys it contains are the X, Y, Z coordinates, Height and Width, and the Text it contains. If the label is an image label, then Text will be set to the no text string.

Example

lua getMapLabels(1658987)
table {
  1: 'no text'
  0: 'test'
}

lua getMapLabel(1658987, 0)
table {
  'Y': -2
  'X': -8
  'Z': 11
  'Height': 3.9669418334961
  'Text': 'test'
  'Width': 8.6776866912842
}

lua getMapLabel(1658987, 1)
table {
  'Y': 8
  'X': -15
  'Z': 11
  'Height': 7.2520666122437
  'Text': 'no text'
  'Width': 11.21900844574
}

getMapLabels

arealabels = getMapLabels(areaID)

Returns an indexed table (that starts indexing from 0) of all of the labels in the area, plus their label text. You can use the label id to deleteMapLabel() it.

Example

display(getMapLabels(43))
table {
  0: ''
  1: 'Waterways'
}

deleteMapLabel(43, 0)
display(getMapLabels(43))
table {
  1: 'Waterways'
}

getMapSelection

getMapSelection()

Returns a table containing details of the current mouse selection in the 2D mapper.

Reports on one or more rooms being selected (i.e. they are highlighted in orange).

The contents of the table will vary depending on what is currently selected. If the selection is of map rooms then there will be keys of center and rooms: the former will indicates the center room (the one with the yellow cross-hairs) if there is more than one room selected or the only room if there is only one selected (there will not be cross-hairs in that case); the latter will contain a list of the one or more rooms.

Example - several rooms selected

display(getMapSelection())
{
  center = 5013,
  rooms = {
    5011,
    5012,
    5013,
    5014,
    5018,
    5019,
    5020
  }
}

Example - one room selected

display(getMapSelection())
{
  center = 5013,
  rooms = {
    5013
  }
}

Example - no or something other than a room selected

display(getMapSelection())
{
}

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.17+

getMapUserData

getMapUserData( key )

Parameters

key:

string used as a key to select the data stored in the map as a whole.

Returns the user data item (string); will return a nil+error message if there is no data with such a key in the map data.

Example

display(getMapUserData("last updated"))
--might result in:--
"December 5, 2020"

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.0

getPath

getPath(roomID from, roomID to)

Returns a boolean true/false if a path between two room IDs is possible. If it is, the global speedWalkDir table is set to all of the directions that have to be taken to get there, and the global speedWalkPath table is set to all of the roomIDs you'll encounter on the way, and as of 3.0, speedWalkWeight will return all of the room weights. Additionally returns the total cost (all weights added up) of the path after the boolean argument in 3.0.

Example

-- check if we can go to room 155 from room 34 - if yes, go to it
if getPath(34,155) then
  gotoRoom(155)
else
  echo("\nCan't go there!")
end

getPlayerRoom

roomID = getPlayerRoom()

Returns the current player location as set by centerview().

getRoomArea

areaID = getRoomArea(roomID)

Returns the area ID of a given room ID. To get the area name, you can check the area ID against the data given by getAreaTable() function, or use the getRoomAreaName() function.

Note: If the room ID does not exist, this function will raise an error.

Example

display("Area ID of room #100 is: "..getRoomArea(100))

display("Area name for room #100 is: "..getRoomAreaName(getRoomArea(100)))

getRoomAreaName

getRoomAreaName(areaID or areaName)

Returns the area name for a given area id; or the area id for a given area name.

Note: Despite the name, this function will not return the area name for a given room id (or room name) directly. However, renaming or revising it would break existing scripts.

Example

echo(string.format("room id #455 is in %s.", getRoomAreaName(getRoomArea(455))))

getRoomChar

getRoomChar(roomID)

Returns the single ASCII character that forms the symbol for the given room id.

Since Mudlet version 3.8 : this facility has been extended:

Returns the string (UTF-8) that forms the symbol for the given room id; this may have been set with either setRoomChar() or with the symbol (was letter in prior versions) context menu item for rooms in the 2D Map.

getRoomCoordinates

x, y, z = getRoomCoordinates(room ID)

Returns the room coordinates of the given room ID.

Example

local x,y,z = getRoomCoordinates(roomID)
echo("Room Coordinates for "..roomID..":")
echo("\n     X:"..x)
echo("\n     Y:"..y)
echo("\n     Z:"..z)

getRoomEnv

envID = getRoomEnv(roomID)

Returns the environment ID of a room. The mapper does not store environment names, so you'd need to keep track of which ID is what name yourself.

Example

funtion checkID(id)
  echo(strinf.format("The env ID of room #%d is %d.\n", id, getRoomEnv(id)))
end

getRoomExits

getRoomExits (roomID): Returns the currently known non-special exits for a room in an key-index form: exit = exitroomid.

getRoomHashByID

roomHash = getRoomHashByID(roomID)

Returns a room hash that is associated with a given room ID in the mapper. This is primarily for MUDs that make use of hashes instead of room IDs. It may be used to share map data while not sharing map itself. nil is returned if no room is not found.

getRoomIDbyHash

roomID = getRoomIDbyHash(hash)

Returns a room ID that is associated with a given hash in the mapper. This is primarily for MUDs that make use of hashes instead of room IDs (like Avalon.de MUD). -1 is returned if no room ID matches the hash.

getRoomName

roomName = getRoomName(roomID)

Returns the room name for a given room id.

Example

echo(string.format("The name of the room id #455 is %s.", getRoomName(455))

getRooms

rooms = getRooms()

Returns the list of all rooms in the map in the whole map in roomid - room name format.

Example

-- simple, raw viewer for rooms in the world
display(getRooms())

-- iterate over all rooms in code
for id,name in pairs(getRooms()) do
  print(id, name)
end

getRoomsByPosition

roomTable = getRoomsByPosition(areaID, x,y,z)

Returns an indexed table of all rooms at the given coordinates in the given area, or an empty one if there are none. This function can be useful for checking if a room exists at certain coordinates, or whenever you have rooms overlapping.

Example

-- sample alias to determine a room nearby, given a relative direction from the current room

local otherroom
if matches[2] == "" then
  local w = matches[3]
  local ox, oy, oz, x,y,z = getRoomCoordinates(mmp.currentroom)
  local has = table.contains
  if has({"west", "left", "w", "l"}, w) then
    x = (x or ox) - 1; y = (y or oy); z = (z or oz)
  elseif has({"east", "right", "e", "r"}, w) then
    x = (x or ox) + 1; y = (y or oy); z = (z or oz)
  elseif has({"north", "top", "n", "t"}, w) then
    x = (x or ox); y = (y or oy) + 1; z = (z or oz)
  elseif has({"south", "bottom", "s", "b"}, w) then
    x = (x or ox); y = (y or oy) - 1; z = (z or oz)
  elseif has({"northwest", "topleft", "nw", "tl"}, w) then
    x = (x or ox) - 1; y = (y or oy) + 1; z = (z or oz)
  elseif has({"northeast", "topright", "ne", "tr"}, w) then
    x = (x or ox) + 1; y = (y or oy) + 1; z = (z or oz)
  elseif has({"southeast", "bottomright", "se", "br"}, w) then
    x = (x or ox) + 1; y = (y or oy) - 1; z = (z or oz)
  elseif has({"southwest", "bottomleft", "sw", "bl"}, w) then
    x = (x or ox) - 1; y = (y or oy) - 1; z = (z or oz)
  elseif has({"up", "u"}, w) then
    x = (x or ox); y = (y or oy); z = (z or oz) + 1
  elseif has({"down", "d"}, w) then
    x = (x or ox); y = (y or oy); z = (z or oz) - 1
  end

  local carea = getRoomArea(mmp.currentroom)
  if not carea then mmp.echo("Don't know what area are we in.") return end

  otherroom = select(2, next(getRoomsByPosition(carea,x,y,z)))

  if not otherroom then
    mmp.echo("There isn't a room to the "..w.." that I see - try with an exact room id.") return
  else
    mmp.echo("The room "..w.." of us has an ID of "..otherroom)
  end

Note: Due to a past coding error the table uses C-style indexes and the first value in the table is at an index of 0 and not the usual lua index of 1 which means that using # to count the size of the returned table will produce erroneous results, use table.size() instead.

getRoomUserData

dataText = getRoomUserData(roomID, key)

Returns the user data value (string) stored at a given room with a given key (string), or "" if none is stored. Use setRoomUserData() function for setting the user data.

Example

display(getRoomUserData(341, "visitcount"))

getRoomUserData(roomID, key, enableFullErrorReporting)

Returns the user data value (string) stored at a given room with a given key (string), or, if the boolean value enableFullErrorReporting is true, nil and an error message if the key is not present or the room does not exist; if enableFullErrorReporting is false an empty string is returned but then it is not possible to tell if that particular value is actually stored or not against the given key.

Example

local vNum = 341
result, errMsg = getRoomUserData(vNum, "visitcount", true)
if result ~= nil then
    display(result)
else
    echo("\nNo visitcount data for room: "..vNum.."; reason: "..errMsg.."\n")
end

getRoomUserDataKeys

getRoomUserDataKeys(roomID)

Returns all the keys for user data items stored in the given room ID; will return an empty table if there is no data stored or nil if there is no such room with that ID. Can be useful if the user was not the one who put the data in the map in the first place!

Example

display(getRoomUserDataKeys(3441))
--might result in:--
{
  "description",
  "doorname_up",
}

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.

getRoomWeight

room weight = getRoomWeight(roomID)

Returns the weight of a room. By default, all new rooms have a weight of 1.

getSpecialExits

exits = getSpecialExits(roomID)

Returns a roomid - command table of all special exits in the room. If there are no special exits in the room, the table returned will be empty.

getSpecialExitsSwap

exits = getSpecialExitsSwap(roomID)

Very similar to getSpecialExits() function, but returns the rooms in the command - roomid style.

gotoRoom

gotoRoom (roomID): Speedwalks you to the given room from your current room if it is able and knows the way. You must turn the map on for this to work, else it will return "(mapper): Don't know how to get there from here :(".

hasExitLock

status = hasExitLock(roomID, direction)

Returns true or false depending on whenever a given exit leading out from a room is locked. Direction can be specified as a number, short direction name ("nw") or long direction name ("northwest").

Example

-- check if the east exit of room 1201 is locked
display(hasExitLock(1201, 4))
display(hasExitLock(1201, "e"))
display(hasExitLock(1201, "east"))

hasSpecialExitLock

status = hasSpecialExitLock(from roomID, to roomID, moveCommand)

Returns true or false depending on whenever a given exit leading out from a room is locked. moveCommand is the action to take to get through the gate.

-- lock a special exit from 17463 to 7814 that uses the 'enter feather' command
lockSpecialExit(17463, 7814, 'enter feather', true)

-- see if it is locked: it will say 'true', it is
display(hasSpecialExitLock(17463, 7814, 'enter feather'))

highlightRoom

highlightRoom( roomID, color1Red, color1Green, color1Blue, color2Red, color2Green, color2Blue, highlightRadius, color1Alpha, color2Alpha)

Highlights a room with the given color, which will override its environment color. If you use two different colors, then there'll be a shading from the center going outwards that changes into the other color.

Parameters

roomID

ID of the room to be colored.

color1Red, color1Green, color1Blue

RGB values of the first color.

color2Red, color2Green, color2Blue

RGB values of the second color.

highlightRadius

The radius for the highlight circle - if you don't want rooms beside each other to overlap, use 1 as the radius.

color1Alpha and color2Alpha

Transparency values from 0 (completely transparent) to 255 (not transparent at all).

loadMap

boolean = loadMap(file location)

Loads the map file from a given location. The map file must be in Mudlet's format - saved with saveMap() or, as of the Mudlet 3.0 may be a MMP XML map conforming to the structure used by I.R.E. for their download-able maps for their MUDs.

Returns a boolean for whenever the loading succeeded. Note that the mapper must be open, or this will fail.

lockExit

lockExit(roomID, direction, lockIfTrue)

Locks a given exit from a room (which means that unless all exits in the incoming room are locked, it'll still be accessible). Direction can be specified as a number, short direction name ("nw") or long direction name ("northwest").

lockRoom

lockRoom (roomID, lockIfTrue)

Locks a given room id from future speed walks (thus the mapper will never path through that room).

lockSpecialExit

lockSpecialExit (from roomID, to roomID, special exit command, lockIfTrue)

Locks a given special exit, leading from one specific room to another that uses a certain command from future speed walks (thus the mapper will never path through that special exit).

Example

lockSpecialExit(1,2,'enter gate', true) -- locks the special exit that does 'enter gate' to get from room 1 to room 2
lockSpecialExit(1,2,'enter gate', false) -- unlocks the said exit

resetRoomArea

resetRoomArea (areaID)

Unassigns the room from its given area. While not assigned, its area ID will be -1. Note that since Mudlet 3.0 the "default area" which has the id of -1 may be selectable in the area selection widget on the mapper - although there is also an option to conceal this in the settings.

removeMapEvent

removeMapEvent (event name)

Removes the given menu entry from a mappers right-click menu. You can add custom ones with addMapEvent().

Example

addMapEvent("room a", "onFavorite") -- add one to the general menu
removeMapEvent("room a") -- removes the said menu

removeCustomLine

removeCustomLine(roomID, direction)

Removes the custom exit line that's associated with a specific exit of a room.

Example

-- remove custom exit line that starts in room 315 going north
removeCustomLine(315, "n")

removeSpecialExit

removeSpecialExit(roomID, command)

Removes the special exit which is accessed by command from the room with the given roomID.

Example

addSpecialExit(1, 2, "pull rope") -- add a special exit from room 1 to room 2
removeSpecialExit(1, "pull rope") -- removes the exit again

roomExists

roomExists(roomID)

Returns a boolean true/false depending if the room with that ID exists (is created) or not.

roomLocked

locked = roomLocked(roomID)

Returns true or false whenever a given room is locked.

saveMap

saveMap([location], [version])

Saves the map to a given location, and returns true on success. The location folder needs to be already created for save to work. You can also save the map in the Mapper settings tab.

Parameters

location

(optional) save the map to the given location if provided, or the default one otherwise.

version

(optional) map version as a number to use when saving (Mudlet 3.17+)

searchAreaUserData

Searches Areas' User Data in a manner exactly the same as searchRoomUserData() does in all Rooms' User Data, refer to that command for the specific details except to replace references to rooms and room ID numbers there with areas and areas ID numbers.

searchRoom

searchRoom (room name / room number)

Searches for rooms that match (by case-insensitive, substring match) the given room name. It returns a key-value table in form of roomid = roomname.

If you pass it a number instead of a string, it'll act like getRoomName() and return you the room name.

Example

display(searchRoom("master"))
{
  [17463] = 'in the branches of the Master Ravenwood'
  [3652] = 'master bedroom'
  [10361] = 'Hall of Cultural Masterpieces'
  [6324] = 'Exhibit of the Techniques of the Master Artisans'
  [5340] = 'office of the Guildmaster'
  [2004] = 'office of the guildmaster'
  [14457] = 'the Master Gear'
  [1337] = 'before the Master Ravenwood Tree'
}

If no rooms are found, then an empty table is returned.

Note: Additional parameters are available since Mudlet 3.0:

searchRoom (room name, [case-sensitive [, exact-match]])

Additional Parameters

case-sensitive:

If true forces a case-sensitive search to be done on with the supplied room name argument, if false case is not considered.

exact-match:

If true forces an exact match rather than a sub-string match, with a case sensitivity as set by previous option.

Example

-- shows all rooms containing these words in any case: --
display(searchRoom("North road",false,false))
{
  [3114] = "Bend in North road",
  [3115] = "North road",
  [3116] = "North Road",
  [3117] = "North road",
  [3146] = "Bend in the North Road",
  [3088] = "The North Road South of Taren Ferry",
  [6229] = "Grassy Field By North Road"
}

-- shows all rooms containing these words in ONLY this case: --
display(searchRoom("North road",true,false))
{
  [3114] = "Bend in North road",
  [3115] = "North road",
  [3117] = "North road",
}

-- shows all rooms containing ONLY these words in any case: --
lua searchRoom("North road",false,true)
{
  [3115] = "North road",
  [3116] = "North Road",
  [3117] = "North road"
}

-- shows all rooms containing ONLY these words in ONLY this case: --
lua searchRoom("North road",true,true)
{
  [3115] = "North road",
  [3117] = "North road"
}

Note: Technically, with both options (case-sensitive and exact-match) set to true, one could just return a list of numbers as we know precisely what the string will be, but it was kept the same for maximum flexibility in user scripts.

searchRoomUserData

A command with three variants that search though all the rooms in sequence (so not as fast as a user built/maintained index system) and find/reports on the room user data stored:

searchRoomUserData(key, value)

Reports a (sorted) list of all room ids with user data with the given "value" for the given (case sensitive) "key". Due to the lack of previous enforcement it is possible (though not recommended) to have a room user data item with an empty string "" as a key, this is handled correctly.

searchRoomUserData(key)

Reports a (sorted) list of the unique values from all rooms with user data with the given (case sensitive) "key". Due to the lack of previous enforcement it is possible (though not recommended) to have a room user data item with an empty string "" as a key, this is handled correctly.

searchRoomUserData()

Reports a (sorted) list of the unique keys from all rooms with user data with any (case sensitive) "key", available since Mudlet 3.0.

Examples

-- if I had stored the details of "named doors" as part of the room user data --
display(searchRoomUserData("doorname_up"))

--[[ could result in a list:
{
  "Eastgate",
  "Northgate",
  "boulderdoor",
  "chamberdoor",
  "dirt",
  "floorboards",
  "floortrap",
  "grate",
  "irongrate",
  "rockwall",
  "tomb",
  "trap",
  "trapdoor"
}]]

-- then taking one of these keys --
display(searchRoomUserData("doorname_up","trapdoor"))

--[[ might result in a list:
{
  3441,
  6113,
  6115,
  8890
}
]]

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.

setAreaName

setAreaName(areaID or areaName, newName)

Names, or renames an existing area to the new name. The area must be created first with addAreaName() and it must be unique.

Note: areaName is available since Mudlet 3.0.

setAreaUserData

setAreaUserData(areaID, key (as a string), value (as a string))

Stores information about an area under a given key. Similar to Lua's key-value tables, except only strings may be used here. One advantage of using userdata is that it's stored within the map file itself - so sharing the map with someone else will pass on the user data. Returns a lua true value on success. You can have as many keys as you'd like, however a blank key will not be accepted and will produce a lua nil and an error message instead.

Returns true if successfully set.

Note: Release (not Development) version 3.0 software made this function available, but was unable to load the prerequisite map formats 17 and 18 that can store map-level data - that had been fixed in Release 3.0.1 .

Example

-- can use it to store extra area details...
setAreaUserData(34, "country", "Andor.")

-- or a sound file to play in the background (with a script that checks a room's area when entered)...
setAreaUserData(34, "backgroundSound", "/home/user/mudlet-data/soundFiles/birdsong.mp4")

-- can even store tables in it, using the built-in yajl.to_string function
setAreaUserData(101, "some table", yajl.to_string({ruler = "Queen Morgase Trakand", clan = "Lion Warden"}))
display("The ruler's name is: "..yajl.to_value(getRoomUserData(34, "some table")).ruler)

setCustomEnvColor

setCustomEnvColor(environmentID, r,g,b,a)

Creates, or overrides an already created custom color definition for a given environment ID. Note that this will not work on the default environment colors - those are adjustable by the user in the preferences. You can however create your own environment and use a custom color definition for it.

Note: Numbers 1-16 and 257-272 are reserved by Mudlet. 257-272 are the default colors the user can adjust in mapper settings, so feel free to use them if you'd like - but don't overwrite them with this function.

Example

setRoomEnv(571, 200) -- change the room's environment ID to something arbitrary, like 200
local r,g,b = unpack(color_table.blue)
setCustomEnvColor(200, r,g,b, 255) -- set the color of environmentID 200 to blue

setDoor

setDoor(roomID, exitCommand, doorStatus)

Creates or deletes a door in a room. Doors are purely visual - they don't affect pathfinding. You can use the information to change to adjust your speedwalking path based on the door information in a room, though.

Doors CAN be set on stub exits - so that map makers can note if there is an obvious door to somewhere even if they do not (yet) know where it goes, perhaps because they do not yet have the key to open it!

Returns true if the change could be made, false if the input was valid but ineffective (door status was not changed), and nil with a message string on invalid input (value type errors).

setExit

setExit(from roomID, to roomID, direction)

Creates a one-way exit from one room to another using a standard direction - which can be either one of n, ne, nw, e, w, s, se, sw, u, d, in, out, the long version of a direction, or a number which represents a direction. If there was an exit stub in that direction already, then it will be automatically deleted for you.

Returns false if the exit creation didn't work.

Example

-- alias pattern: ^exit (\d+) (\d+) (\w+)$
-- so exit 1 2 5 will make an exit from room 1 to room 2 via north

if setExit(tonumber(matches[2]), tonumber(matches[3]), matches[4]) then
  echo("\nExit set to room:"..matches[3].." from "..matches[2]..", direction:"..string.upper(matches[3]))
else
  echo("Failed to set the exit.\n")
end

This function can also delete exits from a room if you use it like so:

setExit(from roomID, -1, direction)

- which will delete an outgoing exit in the specified direction from a room.

setExitStub

setExitStub(roomID, direction, set/unset)

Creates or removes an exit stub from a room in a given directions. You can use exit stubs later on to connect rooms that you're sure of are together. Exit stubs are also shown visually on the map, so the mapper can easily tell which rooms need finishing.

Parameters

roomID:

The room to place an exit stub in, as a number.

direction:

The direction the exit stub should lead in - as ashort direction name ("nw"), long direction name ("northwest") or a number.

set/unset:

A boolean to create or delete the exit stub.

Example

Create an exit stub to the south from room 8:

setExitStub(8, "s", true)

How to delete all exit stubs in a room:

for i,v in pairs(getExitStubs(roomID)) do
  setExitStub(roomID, v,false)
end

setExitWeight

setExitWeight(roomID, exitCommand, weight)

Gives an exit a weight, which makes it less likely to be chosen for pathfinding. All exits have a weight of 0 by default, which you can increase. Exit weights are set one-way on an exit - if you'd like the weight to be applied both ways, set it from the reverse room and direction as well.

Parameters

roomID:

Room ID to to set the weight in.

exitCommand:

The direction for the exit is in - it can be one of the following: n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, up, down, in, out, or, if it's a special exit, the special exit command - note that the strings for normal exits are case-sensitive and must currently be exactly as given here.

weight:

Exit weight - by default, all exits have a weight of 0 meaning that the weight of the destination room is use when the route finding code is considering whether to use that exit; setting a value for an exit can increase or decrease the chance of that exit/destination room being used for a route by the route-finding code. For example, if the destination room has very high weight compared to it's neighbors but the exit has a low value then that exit and thus the room is more likely to be used than if the exit was not weighted.

setGridMode

setGridMode(areaID, true/false)

Enables grid/wilderness view mode for an area - this will cause the rooms to lose their visible exit connections, like you'd see on compressed ASCII maps, both in 2D and 3D view mode; for the 2D map the custom exit lines will also not be shown if this mode is enabled.

Returns true if the area exists, otherwise false.

setMapUserData

setMapUserData(key (as a string), value (as a string))

Stores information about the map under a given key. Similar to Lua's key-value tables, except only strings may be used here. One advantage of using userdata is that it's stored within the map file itself - so sharing the map with someone else will pass on the user data. You can have as many keys as you'd like.

Returns true if successfully set.

Example

-- store general meta information about the map...
setMapUserData("game_name", "Achaea Mudlet map")

-- or who the author was
setMapUserData("author", "Bob")

-- can even store tables in it, using the built-in yajl.to_string function
setMapUserData("some table", yajl.to_string({game = "mud.com", port = 23}))
display("Available game info in the map: ")
display(yajl.to_value(getMapUserData("some table")))

setMapZoom

setMapZoom(zoom)

Zooms the map in to a given zoom level. 1 is the closest you can get, and anything higher than that zooms the map out. Call centerview() after you set the zoom to refresh the map.

Example

setMapZoom(10) -- zoom to a somewhat acceptable level, a bit big but easily visible connections

setRoomArea

setRoomArea(roomID, newAreaID or newAreaName)

Assigns the given room to a new or different area. If the area is displayed in the mapper this will have the room be visually moved into the area as well.

setRoomChar

setRoomChar(roomID, character)

Originally designed for an area in grid mode, takes a single ASCII character and draws it on the rectangular background of the room in the 2D map, the symbol can be cleared by using "_" as the character.

Example

setRoomChar(431, "#")

setRoomChar(123, "$")

-- emoji's work fine too, and if you'd like it colour, set the font to Nojo Emoji in settings
setRoomChar(666, "👿")

Since Mudlet version 3.8 : this facility has been extended:

This function will now take a short string of any printable characters as a room symbol, and they will be shrunk to fit them all in horizontally but if they become too small that symbol may not be shown if the zoom is such that the room symbol is too small to be legible.
As "_" is now a valid character an existing symbol may be erased with either a space " " or an empty string "" although neither may be effective in some previous versions of Mudlet.
Should the rooms be set to be drawn as circles this is now accommodated and the symbol will be resized to fit the reduce drawing area this will cause.
The range of characters that are available are now dependent on the fonts present in the system and a setting on the "Mapper" tab in the preferences that control whether a specific font is to be used for all symbols (which is best if a font is included as part of a MUD server package, but has the issue that it may not be displayable if the user does not have that font or chooses a different one) or any font in the user's system may be used (which is the default, but may not display the glyph {the particular representation of a grapheme in a particular font} that the original map creator expected). Should it not be possible to display the wanted symbol in the map because one or more of the required glyphs are not available in either the specified or any font depending on the setting then the replacement character (Unicode code-point U+FFFD '�') will be shown instead. To allow such missing symbols to be handled the "Mapper" tab on the preferences dialogue has an option to display:

an indicator to show whether the symbol can be made just from the selected font (green tick), from the fonts available in the system (yellow warning triangle) or not at all (red cross)
all the symbols used on the map and how they will be displayed both only using the selected font and all fonts
the sequence of code-points used to create the symbol which will be useful when used in conjunction with character selection utilities such as charmap.exe on Windows and gucharmap on unix-like system
a count of the rooms using the particular symbol
a list, limited in entries of the first rooms using that symbol

The font that is chosen to be used as the primary (or only) one for the room symbols is stored in the Mudlet map data so that setting will be included if a binary map is shared to other Mudlet users or profiles on the same system.

setRoomCoordinates

setRoomCoordinates(roomID, x, y, z)

Sets the given room ID to be at the following coordinates visually on the map, where z is the up/down level.

Note: 0,0,0 is the center of the map.

Example

-- alias pattern: ^set rc (-?\d+) (-?\d+) (-?\d+)$
local x,y,z = getRoomCoordinates(previousRoomID)
local dir = matches[2]

if dir == "n" then
  y = y+1
elseif dir == "ne" then
  y = y+1
  x = x+1
elseif dir == "e" then
  x = x+1
elseif dir == "se" then
  y = y-1
  x = x+1
elseif dir == "s" then
  y = y-1
elseif dir == "sw" then
  y = y-1
  x = x-1
elseif dir == "w" then
  x = x-1
elseif dir == "nw" then
  y = y+1
  x = x-1
elseif dir == "u" or dir == "up" then
  z = z+1
elseif dir == "down" then
  z = z-1
end
setRoomCoordinates(roomID,x,y,z)
centerview(roomID)

You can make them relative as well:

-- alias pattern: ^src (\w+)$

local x,y,z = getRoomCoordinates(previousRoomID)
local dir = matches[2]

if dir == "n" then
  y = y+1
elseif dir == "ne" then
  y = y+1
  x = x+1
elseif dir == "e" then
  x = x+1
elseif dir == "se" then
  y = y-1
  x = x+1
elseif dir == "s" then
  y = y-1
elseif dir == "sw" then
  y = y-1
  x = x-1
elseif dir == "w" then
  x = x-1
elseif dir == "nw" then
  y = y+1
  x = x-1
elseif dir == "u" or dir == "up" then
  z = z+1
elseif dir == "down" then
  z = z-1
end
setRoomCoordinates(roomID,x,y,z)
centerview(roomID)

setRoomEnv

setRoomEnv(roomID, newEnvID)

Sets the given room to a new environment ID. You don't have to use any functions to create it - can just set it right away.

setRoomIDbyHash

setRoomIDbyHash(roomID, hash)

Sets the hash to be associated with the given roomID. See also getRoomIDbyHash().

setRoomName

setRoomName(roomID, newName)

Renames an existing room to a new name.

Example

setRoomName(534, "That evil room I shouldn't visit again.")
lockRoom(534, true) -- and lock it just to be safe

setRoomUserData

setRoomUserData(roomID, key (as a string), value (as a string))

Stores information about a room under a given key. Similar to Lua's key-value tables, except only strings may be used here. One advantage of using userdata is that it's stored within the map file itself - so sharing the map with someone else will pass on the user data. You can have as many keys as you'd like.

Returns true if successfully set.

Example

-- can use it to store room descriptions...
setRoomUserData(341, "description", "This is a plain-looking room.")

-- or whenever it's outdoors or not...
setRoomUserData(341, "ourdoors", "true")

-- how how many times we visited that room
local visited = getRoomUserData(341, "visitcount")
visited = (tonumber(visited) or 0) + 1
setRoomUserData(341, "visitcount", tostring(visited))

-- can even store tables in it, using the built-in yajl.to_string function
setRoomUserData(341, "some table", yajl.to_string({name = "bub", age = 23}))
display("The denizens name is: "..yajl.to_value(getRoomUserData(341, "some table")).name)

setRoomWeight

setRoomWeight(roomID, weight)

Sets a weight to the given roomID. By default, all rooms have a weight of 1 - the higher the weight is, the more likely the room is to be avoided for pathfinding. For example, if travelling across water rooms takes more time than land ones - then you'd want to assign a weight to all water rooms, so they'd be avoided if there are possible land pathways.

Note: The minimum allowed room weight is 1.

To completely avoid a room, make use of lockRoom().

speedwalk

speedwalk(dirString, backwards, delay, show)

A speedwalking function will work on cardinal+ordinal directions (n, ne, e, etc.) as well as u (for up), d (for down), in and out. It can be called to execute all directions directly after each other, without delay, or with a custom delay, depending on how fast your mud allows you to walk. It can also be called with a switch to make the function reverse the whole path and lead you backwards.

Call the function by doing: speedwalk("YourDirectionsString", true/false, delaytime, true/false)

The delaytime parameter will set a delay between each move (set it to 0.5 if you want the script to move every half second, for instance). It is optional: If you don't indicate it, the script will send all direction commands right after each other. (If you want to indicate a delay, you -have- to explicitly indicate true or false for the reverse flag.)

The show parameter will determine if the commands sent by this function are shown or hidden. It is optional: If you don't give a value, the script will show all commands sent. (If you want to use this option, you -have- to explicitly indicate true or false for the reverse flag, as well as either some number for the delay or nil if you do not want a delay.)

The "YourDirectionsString" contains your list of directions and steps (e.g.: "2n, 3w, u, 5ne"). Numbers indicate the number of steps you want it to walk in the direction specified after it. The directions must be separated by anything other than a letter that can appear in a direction itself. (I.e. you can separate with a comma, spaces, the letter x, etc. and any such combinations, but you cannot separate by the letter "e", or write two directions right next to each other with nothing in-between, such as "wn". If you write a number before every direction, you don't need any further separator. E.g. it's perfectly acceptable to write "3w1ne2e".) The function is not case-sensitive.

If your Mud only has cardinal directions (n,e,s,w and possibly u,d) and you wish to be able to write directions right next to each other like "enu2s3wdu", you'll have to change the pattern slightly. (See the link at the beginning of my post for something like that.)

Likewise, if your Mud has any other directions than n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, u, d, in, out, the function must be adapted to that.

Example

speedwalk("16d1se1u")
-- Will walk 16 times down, once southeast, once up. All in immediate succession.

speedwalk("2ne,3e,2n,e")
-- Will walk twice northeast, thrice east, twice north, once east. All in immediate succession.

speedwalk("IN N 3W 2U W", false, 0.5)
-- Will walk in, north, thrice west, twice up, west, with half a second delay between every move.

speedwalk("5sw - 3s - 2n - w", true)
-- Will walk backwards: east, twice south, thrice, north, five times northeast. All in immediate succession.

speedwalk("3w, 2ne, w, u", true, 1.25)
-- Will walk backwards: down, east, twice southwest, thrice east, with 1.25 seconds delay between every move.

Note: The probably most logical usage of this would be to put it in an alias. For example, have the pattern ^/(.+)$ execute: speedwalk(matches[2], false, 0.7) And have ^//(.+)$ execute: speedwalk(matches[2], true, 0.7) Or make aliases like: ^banktohome$ to execute speedwalk("2ne,e,ne,e,3u,in", true, 0.5)

Note: The show parameter for this function will be available in Mudlet versions after 3.12.

unHighlightRoom

unHighlightRoom(roomID)

Unhighlights a room if it was previously highlighted and restores the rooms original environment color.

updateMap

updateMap()

Updates the mapper display (redraws it). Use this function if you've edited the map via script and would like the changes to show.

Miscellaneous Functions

addSupportedTelnetOption

addSupportedTelnetOption(option): Adds a telnet option, which when queried by a MUD server, Mudlet will return DO (253) on. Use this to register the telnet option that you will be adding support for with Mudlet - see additional protocols section for more.

Example

<event handlers that add support for MSDP... see http://www.mudbytes.net/forum/comment/63920/#c63920 for an example>

-- register with Mudlet that it should not decline the request of MSDP support
local TN_MSDP = 69
addSupportedTelnetOption(TN_MSDP)

alert

alert([seconds]): alerts the user to something happening - makes Mudlet flash in the Windows window bar, bounce in the macOS dock, or flash on Linux.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.2+

Parameters

seconds:

(optional) number of seconds to have the alert for. If not provided, Mudlet will flash until the user opens Mudlet again.

Example

-- flash indefinitely until Mudlet is open
alert()

-- flash for just 3 seconds
alert(3)

closeMudlet

closeMudlet()

Closes Mudlet and all profiles immediately.

denyCurrentSend

denyCurrentSend()

Cancels a send() or user-entered command, but only if used within a sysDataSendRequest event.

Example

-- cancels all "eat hambuger" commands
function cancelEatHamburger(event, command)
  if command == "eat hamburger" then
    denyCurrentSend()
    cecho("<red>Denied! Didn't let the command through.\n")
  end
end

registerAnonymousEventHandler("sysDataSendRequest", "cancelEatHamburger")

expandAlias

expandAlias(command, [echoBackToBuffer]): Runs the command as if it was from the command line - so aliases are checked and if none match, it's sent to the game unchanged.

Parameters

command

Text of the command you want to send to the game. Will be checked for aliases.

echoBackToBuffer

(optional) If false, the command will not be echoed back in your buffer. Defaults to true if omitted.

Note: Using expandAlias is not recommended anymore as it is not very robust and may lead to problems down the road. The recommendation is to use lua functions instead. See Manual:Functions_vs_expandAlias for details and examples.

Note: If you want to be using the matches table after calling expandAlias, you should save it first, as, e.g. local oldmatches = matches before calling expandAlias, since expandAlias will overwrite it after using it again.

Note: Since Mudlet 3.17.1 the optional second argument to echo the command on screen will be ineffective whilst the game server has negotiated the telnet ECHO option to provide the echoing of text we send to him.

Example

expandAlias("t rat")

-- don't echo the command
expandAlias("t rat", false)

feedTriggers

feedTriggers(text[, dataIsUtf8Encoded = true]): This function will have Mudlet parse the given text as if it came from the MUD - one great application is trigger testing. The built-in `echo alias provides this functionality as well.

Parameters

text:

string which is sent to the trigger processing system almost as if it came from the MUD Game Server. This string must be byte encoded in a manner to match the currently selected Server Encoding.

dataIsUtf8Encoded:

from 4.2.0 a boolean which, when false is used to defeat the conversion of text from UTF-8 to the currently selected MUD Game Server encoding, which was introduced in Mudlet 4.0.0; prior to that version the text had to be encoded directly in whatever encoding the setting in the preferences was set to - this could involve using the Lua string character escaping mechanism of \ and a (one to three digit) base 10 number for character codes from \1 to \255. By default from 4.0.0 it is assumed that the text is UTF-8 encoded but since 4.2.0 it is possible to revert to the original behavior if required - this is only likely to be useful to Mudlet developers testing things or possibly to those who are creating handlers for Telnet protocols within the Lua subsystem who need to avoid the transcoding of individual protocol bytes when they might otherwise be seen as extended ASCII characters.

Returns

(prior to 4.2.0) nothing
(since 4.2.0) true on success, nil and an error message if the text contains characters that cannot be conveyed by the current Game Server encoding.

Note: The trigger processing system also requires that some data is (or appears to be) received from the game to process the feedTriggers(), so use a send("\n") to get a new prompt (thus new data) right after or ensure that the text includes a new-line "\n" character so as to simulate a line of data from the Game Server.

Note: It is important to ensure that in Mudlet 4.0.0 and beyond the text data only contains characters that can be encoded in the current Game Server encoding, from 4.2.0 the content is checked that it can successfully be converted from the UTF-8 that the Mudlet Lua subsystem uses internally into that particular encoding and if it cannot the function call will fail and not pass any of the data, this will be significant if the text component contains any characters that are not plain ASCII.

Example

-- try using this on the command line
`echo This is a sample line from the game

-- You can use \n to represent a new line - you also want to use it before and after the text you’re testing, like so:
feedTriggers("\nYou sit yourself down.\n")
send("\n")

-- The function also accept ANSI color codes that are used in MUDs. A sample table can be found http://codeworld.wikidot.com/ansicolorcodes
feedTriggers("\nThis is \27[1;32mgreen\27[0;37m, \27[1;31mred\27[0;37m, \27[46mcyan background\27[0;37m," ..
"\27[32;47mwhite background and green foreground\27[0;37m.\n")
send("\n")

getModulePath

path = getModulePath(module name)

Returns the location of a module on the disk. If the given name does not correspond to an installed module, it'll return nil

getModulePriority

priority = getModulePriority(module name)

Returns the priority of a module as an integer. This determines the order modules will be loaded in - default is 0. Useful if you have a module that depends on another module being loaded first, for example.

getMudletHomeDir

getMudletHomeDir(): Returns the current home directory of the current profile. This can be used to store data, save statistical information, or load resource files from packages.

Note: intentionally uses forward slashes / as separators on Windows since stylesheets require them.

Example

-- save a table
table.save(getMudletHomeDir().."/myinfo.dat", myinfo)

-- or access package data. The forward slash works even on Windows fine
local path = getMudletHomeDir().."/mypackagename"

getMudletLuaDefaultPaths

getMudletLuaDefaultPaths(): Returns the compiled in default location that this version of Mudlet tries as the last ditch attempt to find the luaGlobal.lua Lua script. luaGlobal.lua is the "loader" for all the Mudlet (and included Geyser but NOT Vyzor GUI management system packages) - failure to find this when a profile is loaded will be associated with a:

[ ERROR ] - LuaGlobal.lua compile error - please report!

message in the main console, instead of the expected:

[ OK ] - Mudlet-lua API & Geyser Layout manager loaded.

Note: This command is initially for *nix (but NOT MacOs) versions that need to support having shared, read-only copies of non-executable files used by an application in a directory that is not directly associated with that executable; for MacOs and Windows version it will not return a useful result either an empty string "" or a single slash "/". It is currently present only in the development branch of code in the GitHub repository and will not be included in the 3.0.0 release or its previews. This command was renamed from getMudletLuaDefaultPath().

getMudletVersion

getMudletVersion(style): Returns the current Mudlet version. Note that you shouldn't hardcode against a specific Mudlet version if you'd like to see if a function is present - instead, check for the existence of the function itself. Otherwise, checking for the version can come in handy if you'd like to test for a broken function or so on.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.0-alpha.

Parameters

style:

(optional) allows you to choose what you'd like returned. By default, if you don't specify it, a key-value table with all the values will be returned: major version, minor version, revision number and the optional build name.

Values you can choose

"string":

Returns the full Mudlet version as text.

"table":

Returns the full Mudlet version as four values (multi-return)

"major":

Returns the major version number (the first one).

"minor":

Returns the minor version number (the second one).

"revision":

Returns the revision version number (the third one).

"build":

Returns the build of Mudlet (the ending suffix, if any).

Example

-- see the full Mudlet version as text:
getMudletVersion("string")
-- returns for example "3.0.0-alpha"

-- check that the major Mudlet version is at least 3:
if getMudletVersion("major") >= 3 then echo("You're running on Mudlet 3+!") end

-- if you'd like to see if a function is available however, test for it explicitly instead:
if setAppStyleSheet then
  -- example credit to http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/stylesheet-examples.html#customizing-qscrollbar
  setAppStyleSheet[[
  QScrollBar:vertical {
      border: 2px solid grey;
      background: #32CC99;
      width: 15px;
      margin: 22px 0 22px 0;
  }
  QScrollBar::handle:vertical {
      background: white;
      min-height: 20px;
  }
  QScrollBar::add-line:vertical {
      border: 2px solid grey;
      background: #32CC99;
      height: 20px;
      subcontrol-position: bottom;
      subcontrol-origin: margin;
  }
  QScrollBar::sub-line:vertical {
      border: 2px solid grey;
      background: #32CC99;
      height: 20px;
      subcontrol-position: top;
      subcontrol-origin: margin;
  }
  QScrollBar::up-arrow:vertical, QScrollBar::down-arrow:vertical {
      border: 2px solid grey;
      width: 3px;
      height: 3px;
      background: white;
  }
  QScrollBar::add-page:vertical, QScrollBar::sub-page:vertical {
      background: none;
  }
  ]]
end

getOS

getOS()

Returns the name of the Operating system. Useful for applying particular scripts only under particular operating systems, such as applying a stylesheet only when the OS is Windows.

Returned string will be one of these: "cygwin", "windows", "mac", "linux", "hurd", "freebsd", "kfreebsd", "openbsd", "netbsd", "bsd4", "unix" or "unknown" otherwise.

Example

display(getOS())

if getOS() == "windows" then
  echo("\nWindows OS detected.\n")
else
  echo("\nDetected Operating system is NOT windows.\n")
end

Using getOS() to detect a specific Windows version

Example

local os = getOS()
if os ~= "windows" then
  echo("\nToday we'd like to detect only windows version\n")
end

-- open command window and send "ver"
local f = io.popen("ver") 
-- read command output
local ver = f:read("*a")
-- close the windows (user may see a small flicker on screen)
f:close()
-- Example output: Microsoft Windows [Version 6.1.7601]
-- Output may change due to language settings so use a language indipendent regexp
local major = rex.match(ver,"\w+ ([0-9]+)\.[\d\.]+") --
if major == nil then 
  echo("\nNo version detect. Very bad!\n")      
else
  echo("\nVersion is: " .. major .. "!\n") 
end

getProfileName

getProfileName()

Returns the name of the profile. Useful when combined with raiseGlobalEvent() to know which profile a global event came from.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.1+

Example

-- if connected to the Achaea profile, will print Achaea to the main console
echo(getProfileName())

getCommandSeparator

getCommandSeparator()

Returns the command separator in use by the profile.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.18+

Example

-- if your command separator is ;;, the following would send("do thing 1;;do thing 2"). 
-- This way you can determine what it is set to and use that and share this script with 
-- someone who has changed their command separator.
-- Note: This is not really the preferred way to send this, using sendAll("do thing 1", "do thing 2") is,
--       but this illustates the use case.
local s = getCommandSeparator()
expandAlias("do thing 1" .. s .. "do thing 2")

getServerEncoding

getServerEncoding(): Returns the current server data encoding in use.

Example

getServerEncoding()

getServerEncodingsList

getServerEncodingsList(): Returns an indexed list of the server data encodings that Mudlet knows. This is not the list of encodings the servers knows - there's unfortunately no agreed standard for checking that. See encodings in Mudlet for the list of which encodings are available in which Mudlet version.

Example

-- check if UTF-8 is available:
if table.contains(getServerEncodingsList(), "UTF-8") then
  print("UTF-8 is available!")
end

getWindowsCodepage

getWindowsCodepage(): Returns the current codepage of your Windows system.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.22 Note: This function only works on Windows - It is only needed internally in Mudlet to enable Lua to work with non-ASCII usernames (e.g. Iksiński, Jäger) for the purposes of IO. Linux and macOS work fine with with these out of the box.

Example

print(getWindowsCodepage())

installModule

installModule(location): Installs a Mudlet XML, zip, or mpackage as a module.

Parameters

location:

Exact location of the file install.

installPackage

installPackage(location): Installs a Mudlet XML or package.

Parameters

location:

Exact location of the xml or package to install.

killAnonymousEventHandler

killAnonymousEventHandler(handler id): Disables and removes the given event handler.

Parameters

handler id

ID of the event handler to remove as returned by the registerAnonymousEventHandler function.

loadWindowLayout

loadWindowLayout: Resets the layout of userwindows (floating miniconsoles) to the last saved state.

mudletOlderThan

mudletOlderThan(major, [minor], [patch]): Returns true if Mudlet is older than the given version to check. This is useful if you'd like to use a feature that you can't check for easily, such as coroutines support. However, if you'd like to check if a certain function exists, do not use this and use if mudletfunction then - it'll be much more readable and reliable.

Parameters

major:

Mudlet major version to check. Given a Mudlet version 3.0.1, 3 is the major version, second 0 is the minor version, and third 1 is the patch version.

minor:

(optional) minor version to check.

patch:

(optional) patch version to check.

Example

-- stop doing the script of Mudlet is older than 3.2
if mudletOlderThan(3,2) then return end

-- or older than 2.1.3
if mudletOlderThan(2, 1, 3) then return end

-- however, if you'd like to check that a certain function is available, like getMousePosition(), do this instead:
if not getMousePosition then return end

-- if you'd like to check that coroutines are supported, do this instead:
if not mudlet.supportscoroutines then return end

openWebPage

openWebPage(URL): Opens the browser to the given webpage.

Parameters

URL:

Exact URL to open.

Example

openWebPage("http://google.com")

Note: This function can be used to open a local file or file folder as well by using "file:///" and the file path instead of "http://".

Example

openWebPage("file:///"..getMudletHomeDir().."file.txt")

playSoundFile

playSoundFile(fileName, volume): This function plays a sound file (no limit on how many you can start).

Parameters

fileName:

Exact path of the sound file.

volume:

Set the volume (in percent) of the sound. If no volume is given, 100 (maximum) is used.

Optional, available since 3.0

registerAnonymousEventHandler

id = registerAnonymousEventHandler(event name, functionReference, [one shot]): Registers a function to an event handler, not requiring you to set one up via script. See here for a list of Mudlet-raised events. The function may be refered to either by name as a string containing a global function name, or with the lua function object itself.

The optional one shot parameter allows you to automatically kill an event handler after it is done by giving a true value. If the event you waited for did not occur yet, return true from the function to keep it registered.

The function returns an ID that can be used in killAnonymousEventHandler() to unregister the handler again.

Note: The ability to refer lua functions directly, the one shot parameter and the returned ID are features of Mudlet 3.5 and above.

See also: killAnonymousEventHandler()

Example

-- example taken from the God Wars 2 (http://godwars2.org) Mudlet UI - forces the window to keep to a certain size
function keepStaticSize()
  setMainWindowSize(1280,720)
end -- keepStaticSize
 
registerAnonymousEventHandler("sysWindowResizeEvent", "keepStaticSize")

-- simple inventory tracker for GMCP enabled games. This version does not leak any of the methods
-- or tables into the global namespace. If you want to access it, you should export the inventory
-- table via an own namespace.
local inventory = {}

local function inventoryAdd()
  if gmcp.Char.Items.Add.location == "inv" then
    inventory[#inventory + 1] = table.deepcopy(gmcp.Char.Items.Add.item)
  end
end
registerAnonymousEventHandler("gmcp.Char.Items.Add", inventoryAdd)

local function inventoryList()
  if gmcp.Char.Items.List.location == "inv" then
    inventory = table.deepcopy(gmcp.Char.Items.List.items)
  end
end
registerAnonymousEventHandler("gmcp.Char.Items.List", inventoryList)

local function inventoryUpdate()
  if gmcp.Char.Items.Remove.location == "inv" then
    local found
    local updatedItem = gmcp.Char.Items.Update.item
    for index, item in ipairs(inventory) do
      if item.id == updatedItem.id then
        found = index
        break
      end
    end
    if found then
      inventory[found] = table.deepcopy(updatedItem)
    end
  end
end
registerAnonymousEventHandler("gmcp.Char.Items.Update", inventoryUpdate)

local function inventoryRemove()
  if gmcp.Char.Items.Remove.location == "inv" then
    local found
    local removedItem = gmcp.Char.Items.Remove.item
    for index, item in ipairs(inventory) do
      if item.id == removedItem.id then
        found = index
        break
      end
    end
    if found then
      table.remove(inventory, found)
    end
  end
end
registerAnonymousEventHandler("gmcp.Char.Items.Remove", inventoryRemove)

-- downloads a package from the internet and kills itself after it is installed.
local saveto = getMudletHomeDir().."/dark-theme-mudlet.zip"
local url = "http://www.mudlet.org/wp-content/files/dark-theme-mudlet.zip"

registerAnonymousEventHandler(
  "sysDownloadDone",
  function(_, filename)
    if filename ~= saveto then
      return true -- keep the event handler since this was not our file
    end
    installPackage(saveto)
    os.remove(b)
  end,
  true
)

downloadFile(saveto, url)
cecho("<white>Downloading <green>"..url.."<white> to <green>"..saveto.."\n")

reloadModule

reloadModule(module name): Reload a module (by uninstalling and reinstalling).

Example

reloadModule("3k-mapper")

resetProfile

resetProfile()

Reloads your entire Mudlet profile - as if you've just opened it. All UI elements will be cleared, so this useful when you're coding your UI.

Example

resetProfile()

The function used to require input from the game to work, but as of Mudlet 3.20 that is no longer the case.

saveProfile

saveProfile()

Saves the current Mudlet profile to disk, which is equivalent to pressing the "Save Profile" button.

Example

saveProfile()

saveWindowLayout

saveWindowLayout: Saves the layout of userwindows (floating miniconsoles), in case you'd like to load them again later.

sendSocket

sendSocket(data)

Sends given binary data as-is to the MUD. You can use this to implement support for a new telnet protocol, simultronics login or etcetera.

Example

TN_IAC = 255
TN_WILL = 251
TN_DO = 253
TN_SB = 250
TN_SE = 240
TN_MSDP = 69

MSDP_VAL = 1
MSDP_VAR = 2

sendSocket( string.char( TN_IAC, TN_DO, TN_MSDP ) ) -- sends IAC DO MSDP

--sends: IAC  SB MSDP MSDP_VAR "LIST" MSDP_VAL "COMMANDS" IAC SE
local msg = string.char( TN_IAC, TN_SB, TN_MSDP, MSDP_VAR ) .. " LIST " ..string.char( MSDP_VAL ) .. " COMMANDS " .. string.char( TN_IAC, TN_SE )
sendSocket( msg )

Note: Remember that should it be necessary to send the byte value of 255 as a data byte and not as the Telnet IAC value it is required to repeat it for Telnet to ignore it and not treat it as the latter.

setMergeTables

setMergeTables(module): Makes Mudlet merge the table of the given GMCP or MSDP module instead of overwriting the data. This is useful if the game sends only partial updates which need combining for the full data. By default "Char.Status" is the only merged module.

Parameters

module:

Name of the GMCP or MSDP module that should be merged as a string.

Example

setMergeTables("Char.Skills", "Char.Vitals")

setModulePriority

setModulePriority(moduleName, priority)

Sets the module priority on a given module as a number - the module priority determines the order modules are loaded in, which can be helpful if you have ones dependent on each other. This can also be set from the module manager window.

setServerEncoding

setServerEncoding(encoding): Makes Mudlet use the specified encoding for communicating with the game.

Parameters

encoding:

Encoding to use.

Example

-- use UTF-8 if Mudlet knows it. Unfortunately there's no way to check if the game's server knows it too.
if table.contains(getServerEncodingsList(), "UTF-8") then
  setServerEncoding("UTF-8")
end

spawn

spawn(readFunction, processToSpawn[, ...arguments])

Spawns a process and opens a communicatable link with it - read function is the function you'd like to use for reading output from the process, and t is a table containing functions specific to this connection - send(data), true/false = isRunning(), and close().

Examples

-- simple example on a program that quits right away, but prints whatever it gets using the 'display' function
local f = spawn(display, "ls")
display(f.isRunning())
f.close()

local f = spawn(display, "ls", "-la")
display(f.isRunning())
f.close()

startLogging

startLogging(state)

Control logging of the main console text as text or HTML (as specified by the "Save log files in HTML format instead of plain text" setting on the "General" tab of the "Profile preferences" or "Settings" dialog). Despite being called startLogging it can also stop the process and correctly close the file being created. The file will have an extension of type ".txt" or ".html" as appropriate and the name will be in the form of a date/time "yyyy-MM-dd#hh-mm-ss" using the time/date of when logging started. Note that this control parallels the corresponding icon in the "bottom buttons" for the profile and that button can also start and stop the same logging process and will reflect the state as well.

Parameters

state:

Required: logging state. Passed as a boolean

Returns (4 values)

successful (bool)

true if the logging state actually changed; if, for instance, logging was already active and true was supplied then no change in logging state actually occurred and nil will be returned (and logging will continue).

fileName (string)

The log will be/is being written to the path/file name returned.

message (string)

A displayable message given one of four messages depending on the current and previous logging states, this will include the file name except for the case when logging was not taking place and the supplied argument was also false.

code (number)

A value indicating the response to the system to this instruction:

 *  0 = logging has just stopped
 *  1 = logging has just started
 * -1 = logging was already in progress so no change in logging state
 * -2 = logging was already not in progress so no change in logging state

Example

-- start logging
startLogging(true)

-- stop logging
startLogging(false)

stopSounds

stopSounds()

Stops all currently playing sounds.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.0.

timeframe

timeframe(vname, true_time, nil_time, ...)

A utility function that helps you change and track variable states without using a lot of tempTimers.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.6+

Parameters

vname:

A string or function to use as the variable placeholder.

true_time:

Time before setting the variable to true. Can be a number or a table in the format: {time, value}

nil_time:

(optional) Number of seconds until vname is set back to nil. Leaving it undefined will leave it at whatever it was set to last. Can be a number of a table in the format: {time, value}

...:

(optional) Further list of times and values to set the variable to, in the following format: {time, value}

Example

-- sets the global 'limiter' variable to true immediately (see the 0) and back to nil in one second (that's the 1).
timeframe("limiter", 0, 1)

-- An angry variable 'giant' immediately set to "fee", followed every second after by "fi", "fo", and "fum" before being reset to nil at four seconds.
timeframe("giant", {0, "fee"}, 4, {1, "fi"}, {2, "fo"}, {3, "fum"})

-- sets the local 'width' variable to true immediately and back to nil in one second.
local width
timeframe(function(value) width = value end, 0, 1)

translateTable

translateTable(directions, [languagecode])

Given a table of directions (such as speedWalkDir), translates directions to another language for you. Right now, it can only translate it into the language of Mudlet's user interface - but let us know if you need more.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.22+

Parameters

directions:

An indexed table of directions (eg. {"sw", "w", "nw", "s"}).

languagecode:

(optional) Language code (eg ru_RU or it_IT) - by default, mudlet.translations.interfacelanguage is used.

Example

-- get the path from room 2 to room 5 and translate directions
if getPath(2, 5) then
speedWalkDir = translateTable(speedWalkDir)
print("Translated directions:")
display(speedWalkDir)

uninstallModule

uninstallModule(name)

Uninstalls a Mudlet module with the given name.

uninstallPackage

uninstallPackage(name)

Uninstalls a Mudlet package with the given name.

yajl.to_string

yajl.to_string(data)

Encodes a Lua table into JSON data and returns it as a string. This function is very efficient - if you need to encode into JSON, use this.

Example

-- on IRE MUDs, you can send a GMCP request to request the skills in a particular skillset. Here's an example:
sendGMCP("Char.Skills.Get "..yajl.to_string{group = "combat"})

-- you can also use it to convert a Lua table into a string, so you can, for example, store it as room's userdata
local toserialize = yajl.to_string(continents)
setRoomUserData(1, "areaContinents", toserialize)

yajl.to_value

yajl.to_value(data)

Decodes JSON data (as a string) into a Lua table. This function is very efficient - if you need to dencode into JSON, use this.

Example

-- given the serialization example above with yajl.to_string, you can deserialize room userdata back into a table
local tmp = getRoomUserData(1, "areaContinents")
if tmp == "" then return end

local continents = yajl.to_value(tmp)
display(continents)

Mudlet Object Functions

adjustStopWatch

adjustStopWatch(watchID/watchName, amount): Adjusts the elapsed time on the stopwatch forward or backwards by the amount of time. It will work even on stopwatches that are not running, and thus can be used to preset a newly created stopwatch with a negative amount so that it runs down from a negative time towards zero at the preset time.

Parameters

watchID (number) / watchName (string): The stopwatch ID you get with createStopWatch() or the name given to that function or later set with setStopWatchName().
amount (decimal number): An amount in seconds to adjust the stopwatch by, positive amounts increase the recorded elapsed time.

Returns

true on success if the stopwatch was found and thus adjusted, or nil and an error message if not.

Example

-- demo of a persistent stopWatch used to real time a mission
-- called with a positive number of seconds it will start a "missionStopWatch"
-- unless there already is one in which case it will instead report on
-- the deadline. use 'stopStopWatch("missionStopWatch")' when the mission
-- is done and 'deleteStopWatch("missionStopWatch")' when the existing mission
-- is to be disposed of. Until then repeated use of 'mission(interval)' will
-- just give updates...
function mission(time)
  local missionTimeTable = missionTimeTable or {}

  if createStopWatch("missionStopWatch") then
    adjustStopWatch("missionStopWatch", -tonumber(time))
    setStopWatchPersistence("missionStopWatch", true)
    missionTimeTable = getStopWatchBrokenDownTime("missionStopWatch")

    echo(string.format("Get cracking, you have %02i:%02i:%02i hg:m:s left.\n", missionTimeTable.hours, missionTimeTable.minutes, missionTimeTable.seconds))
    startStopWatch("missionStopWatch")
  else
    -- it already exists, so instead report what is/was the time on it
    --[=[ We know that the stop watch exists - we just need to find the ID
      so we can get the running detail which is only available from the getStopWatches()
      table and that is indexed by ID]=]
    for k,v in pairs(getStopWatches()) do
      if v.name == "missionStopWatch" then
        missionTimeTable = v
      end
    end
    if missionTimeTable.isRunning then
      if missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.negative then
        echo(string.format("Better hurry up, the clock is ticking on an existing mission and you only have %02i:%02i:%02i h:m:s left.\n", missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.hours, missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.minutes, missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.seconds))
      else
        echo(string.format("Bad news, you are past the deadline on an existing mission by %02i:%02i:%02i h:m:s !\n", missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.hours, missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.minutes, missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.seconds))
      end
    else
      if missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.negative then
        echo(string.format("Well done! You have already completed a mission %02i:%02i:%02i h:m:s before the deadline ...\n", missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.hours, missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.minutes, missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.seconds))
      else
        echo(string.format("Uh oh! You failed to meet the deadline on an existing mission by %02i:%02i:%02i h:m:s !\n", missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.hours, missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.minutes, missionTimeTable.elapsedTime.seconds))
      end
    end
  end
end

Note: Available from Mudlet 4.4.0

appendCmdLine

appendCmdLine(): Appends text to the main input line.

clearCmdLine

clearCmdLine(): Clears the input line of any text that's been entered.

Example

-- don't be evil with this!
clearCmdLine()

createStopWatch

createStopWatch()

From Mudlet 4.4.0:

createStopWatch([start immediately {assumed true if omitted}])
createStopWatch([name], [start immediately {assumed false if omitted}])

This function creates a stopwatch, a high resolution time measurement tool. Stopwatches can be started, stopped, reset, asked how much time has passed since the stop watch has been started and, following an update for Mudlet 4.4.0: be adjusted, given a name and be made persistent between sessions (so can time real-life things). Prior to 4.4.0 the function took no parameters and the stopwatch would start automatically when it was created.

Parameters

start immediately (bool) used to override the behaviour prior to Mudlet 4.4.0 so that if it is the only argument then a false value will cause the stopwatch to be created but be in a stopped state, however if a name parameter is provided then this behaviour is assumed and then a true value is required should it be desired for the stopwatch to be started on creation. This difference between the cases with and without a name argument is to allow for older scripts to continue to work with 4.4.0 or later versions of Mudlet without change, yet to allow for more functionality - such as presetting a time when the stopwatch is created but not to start it counting down until some time afterwards - to be performed as well with a named stopwatch.

name (string) a unique text to use to identify the stopwatch.

Returns

the ID (number) of a stopwatch; or, from 4.4.0: a nil + error message if the name has already been used.

Example: (Prior to Mudlet 4.4.0) in a global script you can create all stop watches that you need in your system and store the respective stopWatch-IDs in global variables:

fightStopWatch = fightStopWatch or createStopWatch() -- create, or re-use a stopwatch, and store the watchID in a global variable to access it from anywhere

-- then you can start the stop watch in some trigger/alias/script with:
startStopWatch(fightStopWatch)

-- to stop the watch and measure its time in e.g. a trigger script you can write:
fightTime = stopStopWatch(fightStopWatch)
echo("The fight lasted for " .. fightTime .. " seconds.")
resetStopWatch(fightStopWatch)

(From Mudlet 4.4.0) in a global script you can create all stop watches that you need in your system with unique names:

createStopWatch("fightStopWatch") -- this will fail if the given named stopwatch already exists so it will create it if needed

-- then you can start the stop watch (if it is not already started) in some trigger/alias/script with:
startStopWatch("fightStopWatch")

-- to stop the watch and measure its time in e.g. a trigger script you can write:
fightTime = stopStopWatch("fightStopWatch")
echo("The fight lasted for " .. fightTime .. " seconds.")
resetStopWatch("fightStopWatch")

You can also measure the elapsed time without having to stop the stop watch (equivalent to getting a lap-time) with getStopWatchTime().

Note: it's best to re-use stopwatch IDs if you can for Mudlet prior to 4.4.0 as they cannot be deleted, so creating more and more would use more memory. From 4.4.0 the revised internal design has been changed such that there are no internal timers created for each stopwatch - instead either a timestamp or a fixed elapsed time record is used depending on whether the stopwatches is running or stopped so that there are no "moving parts" in the later design and less resources are used - and they can be removed if no longer required.

deleteStopWatch

deleteStopWatch(watchID/watchName)

This function removes an existing stopwatch, whether it only exists for this session or is set to be otherwise saved between sessions by using setStopWatchPersistence() with a true argument.

Parameters

watchID (number) / watchName (string): The stopwatch ID you get with createStopWatch() or the name given to that function or later set with setStopWatchName().

Returns

true if the stopwatch was found and thus deleted, or nil and an error message if not - obviously using it twice with the same argument will fail the second time unless another one with the same name or ID was recreated before the second use. Note that an empty string as a name will find the lowest ID numbered unnamed stopwatch and that will then find the next lowest ID number of unnamed ones until there are none left, if used repetitively!

lua MyStopWatch = createStopWatch("stopwatch_mine")
true

lua display(MyStopWatch)
4

lua deleteStopWatch(MyStopWatch)
true

lua deleteStopWatch(MyStopWatch)
nil

"stopwatch with id 4 not found"

lua deleteStopWatch("stopwatch_mine")
nil

"stopwatch with name "stopwatch_mine" not found"

disableAlias

disableAlias(name): Disables/deactivates the alias by its name. If several aliases have this name, they'll all be disabled. If you disable an alias group, all the aliases inside the group will be disabled as well.; See also: enableAlias()

Parameters

name:

The name of the alias. Passed as a string.

Examples

--Disables the alias called 'my alias'
disableAlias("my alias")

disableKey

disableKey(name): Disables key a key (macro) or a key group. When you disable a key group, all keys within the group will be implicitly disabled as well.

disableTimer

disableTimer(name): Disables a timer from running it’s script when it fires - so the timer cycles will still be happening, just no action on them. If you’d like to permanently delete it, use killTrigger instead.

disableTrigger

disableTrigger(name): Disables a permanent (one in the trigger editor) or a temporary trigger. When you disable a group, all triggers inside the group are disabled as well

enableAlias

enableAlias(name): Enables/activates the alias by it’s name. If several aliases have this name, they’ll all be enabled.

enableKey

enableKey(name): Enables a key (macro) or a group of keys (and thus all keys within it that aren't explicitly deactivated).

Parameters

name:

The name of the group that identifies the key.

-- you could use this to disable one key set for the numpad and activate another
disableKey("fighting keys")
enableKey("walking keys")

Note:' From Version 3.10 returns true if one or more keys or groups of keys were found that matched the name given or false if not; prior to then it returns true if there were any keys - whether they matched the name or not!

enableTimer

enableTimer(name): Enables or activates a timer that was previously disabled.

Parameters

name:

Expects the timer ID that was returned by tempTimer on creation of the timer or the name of the timer in case of a GUI timer.

-- enable the timer called 'my timer' that you created in Mudlets timers section
enableTimer("my timer")

-- or disable & enable a tempTimer you've made
timerID = tempTimer(10, [[echo("hi!")]])

-- it won't go off now
disableTimer(timerID)
-- it will continue going off again
enableTimer(timerID)

enableTrigger

enableTrigger(name): Enables or activates a trigger that was previously disabled.

Parameters

name:

Expects the trigger ID that was returned by tempTrigger or by any other temp*Trigger variants, or the name of the trigger in case of a GUI trigger.

-- enable the trigger called 'my trigger' that you created in Mudlets triggers section
enableTrigger("my trigger")

-- or disable & enable a tempTrigger you've made
triggerID = tempTrigger("some text that will match in a line", [[echo("hi!")]])

-- it won't go off now when a line with matching text comes by
disableTrigger(triggerID)

-- and now it will continue going off again
enableTrigger(triggerID)

exists

exists(name, type): Tells you how many things of the given type exist.

Note: This function is only for objects created in the script editor or via perm* functions. You don't need it for temp* functions and will not work for them.

Parameters

name:

The name or the id returned by the temp* function to identify the item.

type:

The type can be 'alias', 'trigger', 'timer', 'keybind' (Mudlet 3.2+), or 'script' (Mudlet 3.17+).

Example

echo("I have " .. exists("my trigger", "trigger") .. " triggers called 'my trigger'!")

You can also use this alias to avoid creating duplicate things, for example:

-- this code doesn't check if an alias already exists and will keep creating new aliases
permAlias("Attack", "General", "^aa$", [[send ("kick rat")]])

-- while this code will make sure that such an alias doesn't exist first
-- we do == 0 instead of 'not exists' because 0 is considered true in Lua
if exists("Attack", "alias") == 0 then
    permAlias("Attack", "General", "^aa$", [[send ("kick rat")]])
end

Especially helpful when working with permTimer:

if not exists("My animation timer", "timer") then
  vdragtimer = permTimer("My animation timer", "", .016, onVDragTimer) -- 60fps timer!
end
 
enableTimer("My animation timer")

getButtonState

getButtonState(): This function can be used within checkbox button scripts (2-state buttons) to determine the current state of the checkbox.

Returns 2 if button is checked, and 1 if it's not.

Example

local checked = getButtonState()
if checked == 1 then
    hideExits()
else
    showExits()
end

getCmdLine

getCmdLine(): Returns the current content of the main input line.

getStopWatches

table = getStopWatches()

Returns a table of the details for each stopwatch in existence, the keys are the watch IDs but since there can be gaps in the ID number allocated for the stopwatches it will be necessary to use the pairs(...) rather than the ipairs(...) method to iterate through all of them in for loops!

Each stopwatch's details will list the following items: name (string), isRunning (boolean), isPersistent (boolean), elapsedTime (table). The last of these contains the same data as is returned by the results table from the getStopWatchBrokenDownTime() function - namely days (positive integer), hours (integer, 0 to 23), minutes (integer, 0 to 59), second (integer, 0 to 59), milliSeconds (integer, 0 to 999), negative (boolean) with an additional decimalSeconds (number of seconds, with a decimal portion for the milli-seconds and possibly a negative sign, representing the whole elapsed time recorded on the stopwatch) - as would also be returned by the getStopWatchTime() function.

Example

-- on the command line:
lua getStopWatches()
-- could return something like:
{
  {
    isPersistent = true,
    elapsedTime = {
      minutes = 15,
      seconds = 2,
      negative = false,
      milliSeconds = 66,
      hours = 0,
      days = 18,
      decimalSeconds = 1556102.066
    },
    name = "Playing time",
    isRunning = true
  },
  {
    isPersistent = true,
    elapsedTime = {
      minutes = 47,
      seconds = 1,
      negative = true,
      milliSeconds = 657,
      hours = 23,
      days = 2,
      decimalSeconds = -258421.657
    },
    name = "TMC Vote",
    isRunning = true
  },
  {
    isPersistent = false,
    elapsedTime = {
      minutes = 26,
      seconds = 36,
      negative = false,
      milliSeconds = 899,
      hours = 3,
      days = 0,
      decimalSeconds = 12396.899
    },
    name = "",
    isRunning = false
  },
  [5] = {
    isPersistent = false,
    elapsedTime = {
      minutes = 0,
      seconds = 38,
      negative = false,
      milliSeconds = 763,
      hours = 0,
      days = 0,
      decimalSeconds = 38.763
    },
    name = "",
    isRunning = true
  }
}

Note: Available from Mudlet 4.4.0 only.

getStopWatchTime

time = getStopWatchTime(watchID [or watchName from Mudlet 4.4.0]): Returns the time as a decimal number of seconds with up to three decimal places to give a milli-seconds (thousandths of a second) resolution.; Please note that, prior to 4.4.0 it was not possible to retrieve the elapsed time after the stopwatch had been stopped, retrieving the time was not possible as the returned value then was an indeterminate, meaningless time; from the 4.4.0 release, however, the elapsed value can be retrieved at any time, even if the stopwatch has not been started since creation or modified with the adjustStopWatch() function introduced in that release.

Returns a number

Parameters

watchID

The ID number of the watch.

Example

-- an example of showing the time left on the stopwatch
teststopwatch = teststopwatch or createStopWatch()
startStopWatch(teststopwatch)
echo("Time on stopwatch: "..getStopWatchTime(teststopwatch))
tempTimer(1, [[echo("Time on stopwatch: "..getStopWatchTime(teststopwatch))]])
tempTimer(2, [[echo("Time on stopwatch: "..getStopWatchTime(teststopwatch))]])
stopStopWatch(teststopwatch)

getStopWatchBrokenDownTime

brokenDownTimeTable = getStopWatchBrokenDownTime(watchID or watchName): Returns the current stopwatch time, whether the stopwatch is running or is stopped, as a table, broken down into:

"days" (integer)
"hours" (integer, 0 to 23)
"minutes" (integer, 0 to 59)
"seconds" (integer, 0 to 59)
"milliSeconds" (integer, 0 to 999)
"negative" (boolean, true if value is less than zero)

Parameters

watchID / watchName

The ID number or the name of the watch.

Example

--an example, showing the presetting of a stopwatch.

--This will fail if the stopwatch with the given name
-- already exists, but then we can use the existing one:
local watchId = createStopWatch("TopMudSiteVoteStopWatch")
if watchId ~= nil then
  -- so we have just created the stopwatch, we want it
  -- to be saved for future sessions:
  setStopWatchPersistence("TopMudSiteVoteStopWatch", true)
  -- and set it to count down the 12 hours until we can
  -- revote:
  adjustStopWatch("TopMudSiteVoteStopWatch", -60*60*12)
  -- and start it running
  startStopWatch("TopMudSiteVoteStopWatch")

  openWebPage("http://www.topmudsites.com/vote-wotmud.html")
end

--[[ now I can check when it is time to vote again, even when
I stop the session and restart later by running the following
from a perm timer - perhaps on a 15 minute interval. Note that
when loaded in a new session the Id it gets is unlikely to be
the same as that when it was created - but that is not a
problem as the name is preserved and, if the timer is running
when the profile is saved at the end of the session then the
elapsed time will continue to increase to reflect the real-life
passage of time:]]

local voteTimeTable = getStopWatchBrokenDownTime("TopMudSiteVoteStopWatch")

if voteTimeTable["negative"] then
  if voteTimeTable["hours"] == 0 and voteTimeTable["minutes"] < 30 then
    echo("Voting for WotMUD on Top Mud Site in " .. voteTimeTable["minutes"] .. " minutes...")
  end
else
  echo("Oooh, it is " .. voteTimeTable["days"] .. " days, " .. voteTimeTable["hours"] .. " hours and " .. voteTimeTable["minutes"] .. " minutes past the time to Vote on Top Mud Site - doing it now!")
  openWebPage("http://www.topmudsites.com/vote-wotmud.html")
  resetStopWatch("TopMudSiteVoteStopWatch")
  adjustStopWatch("TopMudSiteVoteStopWatch", -60*60*12)
end

Note: Available from Mudlet 4.4.0

invokeFileDialog

invokeFileDialog(fileOrFolder, dialogTitle): Opens a file chooser dialog, allowing the user to select a file or a folder visually. The function returns the selected path or "" if there was none chosen.

Parameters

fileOrFolder: true for file selection, false for folder selection.
dialogTitle: what to say in the window title.

Examples

function whereisit()
  local path = invokeFileDialog(false, "Where should we save the file? Select a folder and click Open")

  if path == "" then return nil else return path end
end

isActive

isActive(name, type): You can use this function to check if something, or somethings, are active.; Returns the number of active things - and 0 if none are active. Beware that all numbers are true in Lua, including zero.

Parameters

name:

The name or the id returned by temp* function to identify the item.

type:

The type can be 'alias', 'trigger', 'timer', 'keybind' (Mudlet 3.2+), or 'script' (Mudlet 3.17+).

Example

echo("I have " .. isActive("my trigger", "trigger") .. " currently active trigger(s) called 'my trigger'!")

isPrompt

isPrompt(): Returns true or false depending on if the line at the cursor position is a prompt. This infallible feature is available for MUDs that supply GA events (to check if yours is one, look to bottom-right of the main window - if it doesn’t say <No GA>, then it supplies them).

Example use could be as a Lua function, making closing gates on a prompt real easy.

Example

-- make a trigger pattern with 'Lua function', and this will trigger on every prompt!
return isPrompt()

killAlias

killAlias(aliasID): Deletes a temporary alias with the given ID.

Parameters

aliasID:

The id returned by tempAlias to identify the alias.

-- deletes the alias with ID 5
killAlias(5)

killKey

killKey(name): Deletes a keybinding with the given name. If several keybindings have this name, they'll all be deleted.

Parameters

name:

The name or the id returned by tempKey to identify the key.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.2+

-- make a temp key
local keyid = tempKey(mudlet.key.F8, [[echo("hi!")]])

-- delete the said temp key
killKey(keyid)

killTimer

killTimer(id): Deletes a tempTimer.

Note: Non-temporary timers that you have set up in the GUI or by using permTimer cannot be deleted with this function. Use disableTimer() and enableTimer() to turn them on or off.

Parameters

id: the ID returned by tempTimer.

Returns true on success and false if the timer id doesn’t exist anymore (timer has already fired) or the timer is not a temp timer.

Example

-- create the timer and remember the timer ID
timerID = tempTimer(10, [[echo("hello!")]])

-- delete the timer
if killTimer(timerID) then echo("deleted the timer") else echo("timer is already deleted") end

killTrigger

killTrigger(id): Deletes a tempTrigger, or a trigger made with one of the temp<type>Trigger() functions.

Note: When used in out of trigger contexts, the triggers are disabled and deleted upon the next line received from the game - so if you are testing trigger deletion within an alias, the 'statistics' window will be reporting trigger counts that are disabled and pending removal, and thus are no cause for concern.

Parameters

id:

The ID returned by tempTimer to identify the item. ID is a string and not a number.

Returns true on success and false if the trigger id doesn’t exist anymore (trigger has already fired) or the trigger is not a temp trigger.

permAlias

permAlias(name, parent, regex, lua code)

Creates a persistent alias that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor.

Parameters

name:

The name you’d like the alias to have.

parent:

The name of the group, or another alias you want the trigger to go in - however if such a group/alias doesn’t exist, it won’t do anything. Use "" to make it not go into any groups.

regex:

The pattern that you’d like the alias to use.

lua code:

The script the alias will do when it matches.
Example

-- creates an alias called "new alias" in a group called "my group"
permAlias("new alias", "my group", "^test$", [[echo ("say it works! This alias will show up in the script editor too.")]])

Note: Mudlet by design allows duplicate names - so calling permAlias with the same name will keep creating new aliases. You can check if an alias already exists with the exists function.

permGroup

permGroup(name, itemtype, [parent])

Creates a new group of a given type at the root level (not nested in any other groups). This group will persist through Mudlet restarts.
Parameters

name:

The name of the new group item you want to create.

itemtype:

The type of the item, can be trigger, alias, or timer.

parent:

(optional) Name of existing item which the new item will be created as a child of.

Example

--create a new trigger group
permGroup("Combat triggers", "trigger")

--create a new alias group only if one doesn't exist already
if exists("Defensive aliases", "alias") == 0 then
  permGroup("Defensive aliases", "alias")
end

Note: Added to Mudlet in the 2.0 final release. Parameter parent available in Mudlet 3.1+

permPromptTrigger

permPromptTrigger(name, parent, lua code): Creates a persistent trigger for the in-game prompt that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor.

Note: If the trigger is not working, check that the N: bottom-right has a number. This feature requires telnet Go-Ahead (GA) or End-of-Record (EOR) to be enabled in your game. Available in Mudlet 3.6+

Parameters

name is the name you’d like the trigger to have.
parent is the name of the group, or another trigger you want the trigger to go in - however if such a group/trigger doesn’t exist, it won’t do anything. Use "" to make it not go into any groups.
lua code is the script the trigger will do when it matches.

Example

permPromptTrigger("echo on prompt", "", [[echo("hey! this thing is working!\n")]])

permRegexTrigger

permRegexTrigger(name, parent, pattern table, lua code): Creates a persistent trigger with one or more regex patterns that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor.

Parameters

name is the name you’d like the trigger to have.
parent is the name of the group, or another trigger you want the trigger to go in - however if such a group/trigger doesn’t exist, it won’t do anything. Use "" to make it not go into any groups.
pattern table is a table of patterns that you’d like the trigger to use - it can be one or many.
lua code is the script the trigger will do when it matches.

Example

-- Create a regex trigger that will match on the prompt to record your status
permRegexTrigger("Prompt", "", {"^(\d+)h, (\d+)m"}, [[health = tonumber(matches[2]); mana = tonumber(matches[3])]])

Note: Mudlet by design allows duplicate names - so calling permRegexTrigger with the same name will keep creating new triggers. You can check if a trigger already exists with the exists() function.

permBeginOfLineStringTrigger

permBeginOfLineStringTrigger(name, parent, pattern table, lua code): Creates a persistent trigger that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor. The trigger will go off whenever one of the regex patterns it's provided with matches. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls.

Parameters

name is the name you’d like the trigger to have.
parent is the name of the group, or another trigger you want the trigger to go in - however if such a group/trigger doesn’t exist, it won’t do anything. Use "" to make it not go into any groups.
pattern table is a table of patterns that you’d like the trigger to use - it can be one or many.
lua code is the script the trigger will do when it matches.

Examples

-- Create a trigger that will match on anything that starts with "You sit" and do "stand".
-- It will not go into any groups, so it'll be on the top.
permBeginOfLineStringTrigger("Stand up", "", {"You sit"}, [[send ("stand")]])

-- Another example - lets put our trigger into a "General" folder and give it several patterns.
permBeginOfLineStringTrigger("Stand up", "General", {"You sit", "You fall", "You are knocked over by"}, [[send ("stand")]])

Note: Mudlet by design allows duplicate names - so calling permBeginOfLineStringTrigger with the same name will keep creating new triggers. You can check if a trigger already exists with the exists() function.

permSubstringTrigger

permSubstringTrigger( name, parent, pattern table, lua code ): Creates a persistent trigger with one or more substring patterns that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor.
Parameters

name is the name you’d like the trigger to have.
parent is the name of the group, or another trigger you want the trigger to go in - however if such a group/trigger doesn’t exist, it won’t do anything. Use "" to make it not go into any groups.
pattern table is a table of patterns that you’d like the trigger to use - it can be one or many.
lua code is the script the trigger will do when it matches.

Example

-- Create a trigger to highlight the word "pixie" for us
permSubstringTrigger("Highlight stuff", "General", {"pixie"},
[[selectString(line, 1) bg("yellow") resetFormat()]])

-- Or another trigger to highlight several different things
permSubstringTrigger("Highlight stuff", "General", {"pixie", "cat", "dog", "rabbit"},
[[selectString(line, 1) fg ("blue") bg("yellow") resetFormat()]])

Note: Mudlet by design allows duplicate names - so calling permSubstringTrigger with the same name will keep creating new triggers. You can check if a trigger already exists with the exists() function.

permTimer

permTimer(name, parent, seconds, lua code): Creates a persistent timer that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor.

Parameters

name

name of the timer.

parent

name of the timer group you want the timer to go in.

seconds

a floating point number specifying a delay in seconds after which the timer will do the lua code (stored as the timer's "script") you give it as a string.

lua code is the code with string you are doing this to.

Returns

a unique id number for that timer.

Example

-- create a timer in the "first timer group" group
permTimer("my timer", "first timer group", 4.5, [[send ("my timer that's in my first timer group fired!")]])
-- create a timer that's not in any group; just at the top
permTimer("my timer", "", 4.5, [[send ("my timer that's in my first timer group fired!")]])

-- enable timer - they start off disabled until you're ready
enableTimer("my timer")

Note: The timer is NOT active after creation, it will need to be enabled by a call to enableTimer() before it starts.

Note: Mudlet by design allows duplicate names - so calling permTimer with the same name will keep creating new timers. You can check if a timer already exists with the exists() function.

permKey

permKey(name, parent, [modifier], key code, lua code): Creates a persistent key that stays after Mudlet is restarted and shows up in the Script Editor.

Parameters

name

name of the key.

parent

name of the timer group you want the timer to go in or "" for the top level.

modifier

(optional) modifier to use - can be one of mudlet.keymodifier.Control, mudlet.keymodifier.Alt, mudlet.keymodifier.Shift, mudlet.keymodifier.Meta, mudlet.keymodifier.Keypad, or mudlet.keymodifier.GroupSwitch or the default value of mudlet.keymodifier.None which is used if the argument is omitted. To use multiple modifiers, add them together: (mudlet.keymodifier.Shift + mudlet.keymodifier.Control)

key code

actual key to use - one of the values available in mudlet.key, e.g. mudlet.key.Escape, mudlet.key.Tab, mudlet.key.F1, mudlet.key.A, and so on. The list is a bit long to list out in full so it is available here.

lua code'

code you would like the key to run.

Returns

a unique id number for that key.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.2+

Example

-- create a key at the top level for F8
permKey("my key", "", mudlet.key.F8, [[echo("hey this thing actually works!\n")]])

-- or Ctrl+F8
permKey("my key", "", mudlet.keymodifier.Control, mudlet.key.F8, [[echo("hey this thing actually works!\n")]])

-- Ctrl+Shift+W
permKey("jump keybinding", "", mudlet.keymodifier.Control + mudlet.keymodifier.Shift, mudlet.key.W, [[send("jump")]])

Note: Mudlet by design allows duplicate names - so calling permKey with the same name will keep creating new keys. You can check if a key already exists with the exists() function. The key will be created even if the lua code does not compile correctly - but this will be apparent as it will be seen in the Editor.

printCmdLine

printCmdLine(text)

Replaces the current text in the input line, and sets it to the given text.

printCmdLine("say I'd like to buy ")

raiseEvent

raiseEvent(event_name, arg-1, … arg-n)

Raises the event event_name. The event system will call the main function (the one that is called exactly like the script name) of all such scripts in this profile that have registered event handlers. If an event is raised, but no event handler scripts have been registered with the event system, the event is ignored and nothing happens. This is convenient as you can raise events in your triggers, timers, scripts etc. without having to care if the actual event handling has been implemented yet - or more specifically how it is implemented. Your triggers raise an event to tell the system that they have detected a certain condition to be true or that a certain event has happened. How - and if - the system is going to respond to this event is up to the system and your trigger scripts don’t have to care about such details. For small systems it will be more convenient to use regular function calls instead of events, however, the more complicated your system will get, the more important events will become because they help reduce complexity very much.

The corresponding event handlers that listen to the events raised with raiseEvent() need to use the script name as function name and take the correct number of arguments.

Note: possible arguments can be string, number, boolean, table, function, or nil.

Example

raiseEvent("fight") a correct event handler function would be: myScript( event_name ). In this example raiseEvent uses minimal arguments, name the event name. There can only be one event handler function per script, but a script can still handle multiple events as the first argument is always the event name - so you can call your own special handlers for individual events. The reason behind this is that you should rather use many individual scripts instead of one huge script that has all your function code etc. Scripts can be organized very well in trees and thus help reduce complexity on large systems.

Where the number of arguments that your event may receive is not fixed you can use ... as the last argument in the function declaration to handle any number of arguments. For example:

-- try this function out with "lua myscripthandler(1,2,3,4)"
function myscripthandler(a, b, ...)
  print("Arguments a and b are: ", a,b)
  -- save the rest of the arguments into a table
  local otherarguments = {...}
  print("Rest of the arguments are:")
  display(otherarguments)

  -- access specific otherarguments:
  print("First and second otherarguments are: ", otherarguments[1], otherarguments[2])
end

raiseGlobalEvent

raiseGlobalEvent(event_name, arg-1, … arg-n)

Like raiseEvent() this raises the event "event_name", but this event is sent to all other opened profiles instead. The profiles receive the event in circular alphabetical order (if profile "C" raised this event and we have profiles "A", "C", and "E", the order is "E" -> "A", but if "E" raised the event the order would be "A" -> "C"); execution control is handed to the receiving profiles so that means that long running events may lock up the profile that raised the event.

The sending profile's name is automatically appended as the last argument to the event.

Example

-- from profile called "My MUD" this raises an event "my event" with additional arguments 1, 2, 3, "My MUD" to all profiles except the original one
raiseGlobalEvent("my event", 1, 2, 3)

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.1.0.

Tip: you might want to add the profile name to your plain raiseEvent() arguments. This'll help you tell which profile your event came from similar to raiseGlobalEvent().

remainingTime

remainingTime(timer id number or name)

Returns the remaining time in floating point form in seconds (if it is active) for the timer (temporary or permanent) with the id number or the (first) one found with the name.

If the timer is inactive or has expired or is not found it will return a nil and an error message. It, theoretically could also return 0 if the timer is overdue, i.e. it has expired but the internal code has not yet been run but that has not been seen in during testing. Permanent offset timers will only show as active during the period when they are running after their parent has expired and started them.

Note: Available in Mudlet since TBA.

Example

tid = tempTimer(600, [[echo("\nYour ten minutes are up.\n")]])
echo("\nYou have " .. remainingTime(tid) .. " seconds left, use it wisely... \n")

-- Will produce something like:

You have 599.923 seconds left, use it wisely... 

-- Then ten minutes time later:

Your ten minutes are up.

resetProfileIcon

resetProfileIcon(): Resets the profile's icon in the connection screen to default.

resetStopWatch

resetStopWatch(watchID): This function resets the time to 0:0:0.0, but does not start the stop watch. You can start it with startStopWatch → createStopWatch

setConsoleBufferSize

setConsoleBufferSize(consoleName, linesLimit, sizeOfBatchDeletion): Sets the maximum number of lines a buffer (main window or a miniconsole) can hold. Default is 10,000.

Parameters

consoleName:

(optional) The name of the window. If omitted, uses the main console.

linesLimit:

Sets the amount of lines the buffer should have.

Note: Mudlet performs extremely efficiently with even huge numbers, so your only limitation is your computers memory (RAM).

sizeOfBatchDeletion:

Specifies how many lines should Mudlet delete at once when you go over the limit - it does it in bulk because it's efficient to do so.

Example

-- sets the main windows size to 5 million lines maximum - which is more than enough!
setConsoleBufferSize("main", 5000000, 1000)

setProfileIcon

setProfileIcon(iconPath): Set a custom icon for this profile in the connection screen.

Returns true if successful, or nil+error message if not.

setStopWatchName

setStopWatchPersistence(watchID/currentStopWatchName, newStopWatchName)

Parameters

watchID (number) / currentStopWatchName (string): The stopwatch ID you get from createStopWatch() or the name supplied to that function at that time, or previously applied with this function.
newStopWatchName (string): The name to use for this stopwatch from now on.

Returns

true on success, nil and an error message if no matching stopwatch is found.

Note: Either currentStopWatchName or newStopWatchName may be empty strings: if the first of these is so then the lowest ID numbered stopwatch without a name is chosen; if the second is so then an existing name is removed from the chosen stopwatch.

setStopWatchPersistence

setStopWatchPersistence(watchID/watchName, state)

Parameters

watchID (number) / watchName (string): The stopwatch ID you get from createStopWatch() or the name supplied to that function or applied later with setStopWatchName()
state (boolean): if true the stopWatch will be saved.

Returns

true on success, nil and an error message if no matching stopwatch is found.

Sets or resets the flag so that the stopwatch is saved between sessions or after a resetProfile() call. If set then, if stopped the elapsed time recorded will be unchanged when the stopwatch is reloaded in the next session; if running the elapsed time will continue to increment and it will include the time that the profile was not loaded, therefore it can be used to measure events in real-time, outside of the profile!

Note: When a persistent stopwatch is reloaded in a later session (or after a use of resetProfile()) the stopwatch may not be allocated the same ID number as before - therefore it is advisable to assign any persistent stopwatches a name, either when it is created or before the session is ended.

setTriggerStayOpen

setTriggerStayOpen(name, number): Sets for how many more lines a trigger script should fire or a chain should stay open after the trigger has matched - so this allows you to extend or shorten the fire length of a trigger. The main use of this function is to close a chain when a certain condition has been met.

Parameters

name: The name of the trigger which has a fire length set (and which opens the chain).
number: 0 to close the chain, or a positive number to keep the chain open that much longer.

Examples

-- if you have a trigger that opens a chain (has some fire length) and you'd like it to be closed 
-- on the next prompt, you could make a trigger inside the chain with a Lua function pattern of:
return isPrompt()
-- and a script of:
setTriggerStayOpen("Parent trigger name", 0)
-- to close it on the prompt!

startStopWatch

startStopWatch( watchID ) - up to Mudlet 4.4.0

Starts the stop watch. Each time this function is called the stopwatch is reset to zero and restarted.

startStopWatch( watchID, [resetAndRestart = true] ) - from Mudlet 4.4.0
startStopWatch( watchName )

Stopwatches can be stopped (with stopStopWatch()) and then re-started any number of times. To ensure backwards compatibility, if the stopwatch is identified by a numeric argument then, unless a second argument of false is supplied as well this function will also reset the stopwatch to zero and restart it - whether it is running or not; otherwise only a stopped watch can be started and only a started watch may be stopped. Trying to repeat either will produce a nil and an error message instead; also the recorded time is no longer reset so that they can now be used to record a total of isolated periods of time like a real stopwatch.

Parameters

watchID/watchName: The stopwatch ID you get with createStopWatch(), or from 4.4.0 the name assigned with that function or setStopWatchName().
resetAndRestart: Boolean flag needed (as false) to make the function from 4.4.0, when supplied with a numeric watch ID, to not reset the stopwatch and only start a previously stopped stopwatch. This behavior is automatic when a string watch name is used to identify the stopwatch but differs from how the function behaved prior to that version.

Returns

true on success, nil and an error message if no matching stopwatch is found or if it cannot be started (because the later style behavior was indicated and it was already running).

Examples

-- this is a common pattern for re-using stopwatches prior to '''4.4.0''' and starting them:
watch = watch or createStopWatch()
startStopWatch(watch)

After 4.4.0 the above code will work the same as it does not provide a second argument to the startStopWatch() function - if a false was used there it would be necessary to call stopStopWatch(...) and then resetStopWatch(...) before using startStopWatch(...) to re-use the stopwatch if the ID form is used, this is thus not quite the same behavior but it is more consistent with the model of how a real stopwatch would act.

stopStopWatch

stopStopWatch( watchID [or watchName from Mudlet 4.4.0]): "Stops" (though see the note below) the stop watch and returns (only the first time it is called after the stopwatch has been set running with startStopWatchTime()) the elapsed time as a number of seconds, with a decimal portion give a resolution in milliseconds (thousandths of a second). You can also retrieve the current time without stopping the stopwatch with getStopWatchTime(), getBrokenDownStopWatchTime().

tempAnsiColorTrigger

tempAnsiColorTrigger(foregroundColor, backgroundColor, code, expireAfter): This is an alternative to tempColorTrigger() which supports the full set of 256 ANSI color codes directly and makes a color trigger that triggers on the specified foreground and background color. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.

Parameters

foregroundColor: The foreground color you'd like to trigger on.
backgroundColor: The background color you'd like to trigger on.
code to do: The code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function.
expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches. You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.

Color codes (note that the values greater than or equal to zero are the actual number codes that ANSI and the game server uses for the 8/16/256 color modes)

Special codes (may be extended in the future):

-2 = default text color (what is used after an ANSI SGR 0 m code that resets the foreground and background colors to those set in the preferences)

-1 = ignore (only one of the foreground or background codes can have this value - otherwise it would not be a color trigger!)

ANSI 8-color set:

0 = (dark) black

1 = (dark) red

2 = (dark) green

3 = (dark) yellow

4 = (dark) blue

5 = (dark) magenta

6 = (dark) cyan

7 = (dark) white {a.k.a. light gray}

Additional colors in 16-color set:

8 = light black {a.k.a. dark gray}

9 = light red

10 = light green

11 = light yellow

12 = light blue

13 = light magenta

14 = light cyan

15 = light white

6 x 6 x 6 RGB (216) colors, shown as a 3x2-digit hex code

16 = #000000

17 = #000033

18 = #000066

...

229 = #FFFF99

230 = #FFFFCC

231 = #FFFFFF

24 gray-scale, also show as a 3x2-digit hex code

232 = #000000

233 = #0A0A0A

234 = #151515

...

253 = #E9E9E9

254 = #F4F4F4

255 = #FFFFFF

Examples

-- This script will re-highlight all text in a light cyan foreground color on any background with a red foreground color
-- until another foreground color in the current line is being met. temporary color triggers do not offer match_all
-- or filter options like the GUI color triggers because this is rarely necessary for scripting.
-- A common usage for temporary color triggers is to schedule actions on the basis of forthcoming text colors in a particular context.
tempAnsiColorTrigger(14, -1, [[selectString(matches[1],1) fg("red")]])
-- or:
tempAnsiColorTrigger(14, -1, function()
  selectString(matches[1], 1)
  fg("red")
end)

-- match the trigger only 4 times
tempColorTrigger(14, -1, [[selectString(matches[1],1) fg("red")]], 4)

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17+

tempAlias

aliasID = tempAlias(regex, code to do): Creates a temporary alias - temporary in the sense that it won't be saved when Mudlet restarts (unless you re-create it). The alias will go off as many times as it matches, it is not a one-shot alias. The function returns an ID for subsequent enableAlias(), disableAlias() and killAlias() calls.

Parameters

regex: Alias pattern in regex.
code to do: The code to do when the alias fires - wrap it in [[ ]].

Examples

myaliasID = tempAlias("^hi$", [[send ("hi") echo ("we said hi!")]])

-- you can also delete the alias later with:
killAlias(myaliasID)

tempBeginOfLineTrigger

tempBeginOfLineTrigger(part of line, code, expireAfter): Creates a trigger that will go off whenever the part of line it's provided with matches the line right from the start (doesn't matter what the line ends with). The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls.

Parameters

part of line: start of the line that you'd like to match. This can also be regex.
code to do: code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5.0).
expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.

Examples

mytriggerID = tempBeginOfLineTrigger("Hello", [[echo("We matched!")]])

--[[ now this trigger will match on any of these lines:
Hello
Hello!
Hello, Bob!

but not on:
Oh, Hello
Oh, Hello!
]]

-- or as a function:
mytriggerID = tempBeginOfLineTrigger("Hello", function() echo("We matched!") end)

-- you can make the trigger match only a certain amount of times as well, 5 in this example:
tempBeginOfLineTrigger("This is the start of the line", function() echo("We matched!") end, 5)

-- if you want a trigger match not to count towards expiration, return true. In this example it'll match 5 times unless the line is "Start of line and this is the end."
tempBeginOfLineTrigger("Start of line", 
function()
  if line == "Start of line and this is the end." then
    return true
  else
    return false
  end
end, 5)

tempButton

tempButton(toolbar name, button text, orientation): Creates a temporary button. Temporary means, it will disappear when Mudlet is closed.

Parameters

toolbar name: The name of the toolbar to place the button into.
button text: The text to display on the button.
orientation: a number 0 or 1 where 0 means horizontal orientation for the button and 1 means vertical orientation for the button. This becomes important when you want to have more than one button in the same toolbar.

Example

-- makes a temporary toolbar with two buttons at the top of the main Mudlet window 
lua tempButtonToolbar("topToolbar", 0, 0)
lua tempButton("topToolbar", "leftButton", 0)
lua tempButton("topToolbar", "rightButton", 0)

tempButtonToolbar

tempButtonToolbar(name, location, orientation): Creates a temporary button toolbar. Temporary means, it will disappear when Mudlet is closed.

Parameters

name: The name of the toolbar.
location: a number from 0 to 4, where 0 means "at the top of the screen", 1 means "left side", 2 means "right side" and 3 means "in a window of its own" which can be dragged and attached to the main Mudlet window if needed.
orientation: a number 0 or 1, where 0 means horizontal orientation for the toolbar and 1 means vertical orientation for the toolbar. This becomes important when you want to have more than one toolbar in the same location of the window.

Example

-- makes a temporary toolbar with two buttons at the top of the main Mudlet window 
lua tempButtonToolbar("topToolbar", 0, 0)
lua tempButton("topToolbar", "leftButton", 0)
lua tempButton("topToolbar", "rightButton", 0)

tempColorTrigger

tempColorTrigger(foregroundColor, backgroundColor, code, expireAfter): Makes a color trigger that triggers on the specified foreground and background color. Both colors need to be supplied in form of these simplified ANSI 16 color mode codes. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.

Parameters

foregroundColor: The foreground color you'd like to trigger on.
backgroundColor: The background color you'd like to trigger on.
code to do: The code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5.0).
expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.

Color codes

0 = default text color
1 = light black
2 = dark black
3 = light red
4 = dark red
5 = light green
6 = dark green
7 = light yellow
8 = dark yellow
9 = light blue
10 = dark blue
11 = light magenta
12 = dark magenta
13 = light cyan
14 = dark cyan
15 = light white
16 = dark white

Examples

-- This script will re-highlight all text in blue foreground colors on a black background with a red foreground color
-- on a blue background color until another color in the current line is being met. temporary color triggers do not 
-- offer match_all or filter options like the GUI color triggers because this is rarely necessary for scripting. 
-- A common usage for temporary color triggers is to schedule actions on the basis of forthcoming text colors in a particular context.
tempColorTrigger(9, 2, [[selectString(matches[1],1) fg("red") bg("blue")]])
-- or:
tempColorTrigger(9, 2, function()
  selectString(matches[1], 1)
  fg("red")
  bg("blue")
end)

-- match the trigger only 4 times
tempColorTrigger(9, 2, [[selectString(matches[1],1) fg("red") bg("blue")]], 4)

tempComplexRegexTrigger

tempComplexRegexTrigger(name, regex, code, multiline, fg color, bg color, filter, match all, highlight fg color, highlight bg color, play sound file, fire length, line delta, expireAfter): Allows you to create a temporary trigger in Mudlet, using any of the UI-available options. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.; Returns the trigger name, that you can use killTrigger() later on with.

Parameters

name - The name you call this trigger.
regex - The regular expression you want to match.
code - Code to do when the trigger runs. You need to wrap it in [[ ]], or give a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5.0).
multiline - Set this to 1, if you use multiple regex (see note below), and you need the trigger to fire only if all regex have been matched within the specified line delta. Then all captures will be saved in multimatches instead of matches. If this option is set to 0, the trigger will fire when any regex has been matched.
fg color - The foreground color you'd like to trigger on.
bg color - The background color you'd like to trigger on.
filter - Do you want only the filtered content (=capture groups) to be passed on to child triggers? Otherwise also the initial line.
match all - Set to 1, if you want the trigger to match all possible occurrences of the regex in the line. When set to 0, the trigger will stop after the first successful match.
highlight fg color - The foreground color you'd like your match to be highlighted in.
highlight bg color - The background color you'd like your match to be highlighted in.
play sound file - Set to the name of the sound file you want to play upon firing the trigger.
fire length - Number of lines within which all condition must be true to fire the trigger.
line delta - Keep firing the script for x more lines, after the trigger or chain has matched.
expireAfter - Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.

Note: Set the options starting at multiline to 0, if you don't want to use those options. Otherwise enter 1 to activate or the value you want to use.

Note: If you want to use the color option, you need to provide both fg and bg together.

Examples

-- This trigger will be activated on any new line received.
triggerNumber = tempComplexRegexTrigger("anyText", "^(.*)$", [[echo("Text received!")]], 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)

-- This trigger will match two different regex patterns:
tempComplexRegexTrigger("multiTrigger", "first regex pattern", [[]], 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
tempComplexRegexTrigger("multiTrigger", "second regex pattern", [[echo("Trigger matched!")]], 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)

Note: For making a multiline trigger like in the second example, you need to use the same trigger name and options, providing the new pattern to add. Note that only the last script given will be set, any others ignored.

tempExactMatchTrigger

tempExactMatchTrigger(exact line, code, expireAfter): Creates a trigger that will go off whenever the line from the game matches the provided line exactly (ends the same, starts the same, and looks the same). You don't need to use any of the regex symbols here (^ and $). The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.

Parameters

exact line: exact line you'd like to match.
code: code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5.0).
expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.

Examples

mytriggerID = tempExactMatchTrigger("You have recovered balance on all limbs.", [[echo("We matched!")]])

-- as a function:
mytriggerID = tempExactMatchTrigger("You have recovered balance on all limbs.", function() echo("We matched!") end)

-- expire after 4 matches:
tempExactMatchTrigger("You have recovered balance on all limbs.", function() echo("Got balance back!\n") end, 4)

-- you can also avoid expiration by returning true:
tempExactMatchTrigger("You have recovered balance on all limbs.", function() echo("Got balance back!\n") return true end, 4)

tempKey

tempKey([modifier], key code, lua code): Creates a keybinding. This keybinding isn't temporary in the sense that it'll go off only once (it'll go off as often as you use it), but rather it won't be saved when Mudlet is closed.

tempLineTrigger

tempLineTrigger(from, howMany, code, expireAfter): Temporary trigger that will fire on n consecutive lines following the current line. This is useful to parse output that is known to arrive in a certain line margin or to delete unwanted output from the MUD - the trigger does not require any patterns to match on. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.

Parameters

from: from which line after this one should the trigger activate - 1 will activate right on the next line.
howMany: how many lines to run for after the trigger has activated.
code: code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5.0).
expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.

Example

-- Will fire 3 times with the next line from the MUD.
tempLineTrigger(1, 3, function() print(" trigger matched!") end)

-- Will fire 20 lines after the current line and fire twice on 2 consecutive lines, 7 times.
tempLineTrigger(20, 2, function() print(" trigger matched!") end, 7)

tempPromptTrigger

tempPromptTrigger(code, expireAfter): Temporary trigger that will match on the games prompt. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.

Note: If the trigger is not working, check that the N: bottom-right has a number. This feature requires telnet Go-Ahead to be enabled in the game. Available in Mudlet 3.6+

Parameters

code: code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function.
expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches. You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.

Note: expireAfter is available since Mudlet 3.11

Example

tempPromptTrigger(function()
  echo("hello! this is a prompt!")
end)

-- match only 2 times:
tempPromptTrigger(function()
  echo("hello! this is a prompt!")
end, 2)

-- match only 2 times, unless the prompt is "55 health."
tempPromptTrigger(function()
  if line == "55 health." then return true end
end, 2)

tempRegexTrigger

tempRegexTrigger(regex, code, expireAfter): Creates a temporary regex trigger that executes the code whenever it matches. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.

Parameters

regex: regular expression that lines will be matched on.
code: code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5.0).
expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.

Examples

-- create a non-duplicate trigger that matches on any line and calls a function
html5log = html5log or {}
if html5log.trig then killTrigger(html5log.trig) end
html5log.trig = tempRegexTrigger("^", [[html5log.recordline()]])
-- or a simpler variant:
html5log.trig = tempRegexTrigger("^", html5log.recordline)

-- only match 3 times:
tempRegexTrigger("^You prick (.+) twice in rapid succession with", function() echo("Hit "..matches[2].."!\n") end, 3)

tempTimer

tempTimer(time, code to do[, repeating]): Creates a temporary one-shot timer and returns the timer ID, which you can use with enableTimer(), disableTimer() and killTimer() functions. You can use 2.3 seconds or 0.45 etc. After it has fired, the timer will be deactivated and destroyed, so it will only go off once. Here is a more detailed introduction to tempTimer.

Parameters

time: The time in seconds for which to set the timer for - you can use decimals here for precision. The timer will go off x given seconds after you make it.
code to do: The code to do when the timer is up - wrap it in [[ ]], or provide a Lua function.
repeating: (optional) if true, keep firing the timer over and over until you kill it (available in Mudlet 4.0+).

Examples

-- wait half a second and then run the command
tempTimer(0.5, function() send("kill monster") end)

-- or an another example - two ways to 'embed' variable in a code for later:
local name = matches[2]
tempTimer(2, [[send("hello, ]]..name..[[ !")]])
-- or:
tempTimer(2, function()
  send("hello, "..name)
end)

-- create a looping timer
timerid = tempTimer(1, function() display("hello!") end, true)

-- later when you'd like to stop it:
killTimer(timerid)

Note: Double brackets, e.g: [[ ]] can be used to quote strings in Lua. The difference to the usual `" " quote syntax is that `[[ ]] also accepts the character ". Consequently, you don’t have to escape the " character in the above script. The other advantage is that it can be used as a multiline quote, so your script can span several lines.

Note: Lua code that you provide as an argument is compiled from a string value when the timer fires. This means that if you want to pass any parameters by value e.g. you want to make a function call that uses the value of your variable myGold as a parameter you have to do things like this:

tempTimer( 3.8, [[echo("at the time of the tempTimer call I had ]] .. myGold .. [[ gold.")]] )

-- tempTimer also accepts functions (and thus closures) - which can be an easier way to embed variables and make the code for timers look less messy:

local variable = matches[2]
tempTimer(3, function () send("hello, " .. variable) end)

tempTrigger

tempTrigger(substring, code, expireAfter): Creates a substring trigger that executes the code whenever it matches. The function returns the trigger ID for subsequent enableTrigger(), disableTrigger() and killTrigger() calls. The trigger is temporary in the sense that it won't stay when you close Mudlet, and it will go off multiple times until you disable or destroy it. You can also make it be temporary and self-delete after a number of matches with the expireAfter parameter.

Parameters

substring: The substring to look for - this means a part of the line. If your provided text matches anywhere within the line from the game, the trigger will go off.
code: The code to do when the trigger runs - wrap it in [[ ]], or give it a Lua function (since Mudlet 3.5)
expireAfter: Delete trigger after a specified number of matches (since Mudlet 3.11). You can make a trigger match not count towards expiration by returning true after it fires.

Example:

-- this example will highlight the contents of the "target" variable.
-- it will also delete the previous trigger it made when you call it again, so you're only ever highlighting one name
if id then killTrigger(id) end
id = tempTrigger(target, [[selectString("]] .. target .. [[", 1) fg("gold") resetFormat()]])

-- you can also write the same line as:
id = tempTrigger(target, function() selectString(target, 1) fg("gold") resetFormat() end)

-- or like so if you have a highlightTarget() function somewhere
id = tempTrigger(target, highlightTarget)

-- a simpler trigger to replace "hi" with "bye" whenever you see it
tempTrigger("hi", [[selectString("hi", 1) replace("bye")]])

-- this trigger will go off only 2 times
tempTrigger("hi", function() selectString("hi", 1) replace("bye") end, 2)

-- table to store our trigger IDs in
nameIDs = nameIDs or {}
-- delete any existing triggers we've already got
for _, id in ipairs(nameIDs) do killTrigger(id) end

-- create new ones, avoiding lots of ]] [[ to embed the name
for _, name in ipairs{"Alice", "Ashley", "Aaron"} do
  nameIDs[#nameIDs+1] = tempTrigger(name, function() print(" Found "..name.."!") end)
end

Networking Functions

A collection of functions for managing networking.

connectToServer

connectToServer(host, port, [save]): Connects to a given game.

Parameters

host:

Server domain or IP address.

port:

Servers port.

save:

(optional, boolean) if provided, saves the new connection parameters in the profile so they'll be used next time you open it.

Note: save is available in Mudlet 3.2+.

Example

connectToServer("midnightsun2.org", 3000)

-- save to disk so these parameters are used next time when opening the profile
connectToServer("midnightsun2.org", 3000, true)

disconnect

disconnect(): Disconnects you from the game right away. Note that this will not properly log you out of the game - use an ingame command for that. Such commands vary, but typically QUIT will work.

See also: reconnect()
Example

disconnect()

downloadFile

downloadFile(saveto, url): Downloads the resource at the given url into the saveto location on disk. This does not pause the script until the file is downloaded - instead, it lets it continue right away and downloads in the background. When a download is finished, the sysDownloadDone event is raised (with the saveto location as the argument), or when a download fails, the sysDownloadError event is raised with the reason for failure. You may call downloadFile multiple times and have multiple downloads going on at once - but they aren’t guaranteed to be downloaded in the same order that you started them in.

See also: postHTTP(), putHTTP(), deleteHTTP()

For privacy transparency, URLs accessed are logged in the Central Debug Console

Note: Since Mudlet 3.0, https downloads are supported and the actual url that was used for the download is returned - useful in case of redirects.

Example

-- just download a file and save it in our profile folder
local saveto = getMudletHomeDir().."/dark-theme-mudlet.zip"
local url = "http://www.mudlet.org/wp-content/files/dark-theme-mudlet.zip"
downloadFile(saveto, url)
cecho("<white>Downloading <green>"..url.."<white> to <green>"..saveto.."\n")

A more advanced example that downloads a webpage, reads it, and prints a result from it:

-- create a function to parse the downloaded webpage and display a result
function downloaded_file(_, filename)
  -- is the file that downloaded ours?
  if not filename:find("achaea-who-count.html", 1, true) then return end

  -- read the contents of the webpage in
  local f, s, webpage = io.open(filename)
  if f then webpage = f:read("*a"); io.close(f) end
  -- delete the file on disk, don't clutter
  os.remove(filename)

  -- parse our downloaded file for the player count
  local pc = webpage:match([[Total: (%d+) players online]])
  display("Achaea has "..tostring(pc).." players on right now.")
end

-- register our function to run on the event that something was downloaded
registerAnonymousEventHandler("sysDownloadDone", "downloaded_file")

-- download a list of fake users for a demo
downloadFile(getMudletHomeDir().."/achaea-who-count.html", "https://www.achaea.com/game/who")

Result should look like this:

.

getConnectionInfo

getConnectionInfo(): Returns the server address and port that you're currently connected to.; See also: connectToServer()

Note: Available in Mudlet 4.2+

Example

local host, port = getConnectionInfo()
cecho(string.format("<light_grey>Connected to <forest_green>%s:%s\n", host, port))

-- echo the new connection parameters whenever we connect to a different host with connectToServer()
function echoInfo()
    local host, port = getConnectionInfo()
    cecho(string.format("<light_grey>Now connected to <forest_green>%s:%s\n", host, port))
  end

registerAnonymousEventHandler("sysConnectionEvent", "echoInfo")

getIrcChannels

getIrcChannels(): Returns a list of channels the IRC client is joined to as a lua table. If the client is not yet started the value returned is loaded from disk and represents channels the client will auto-join when started.; See also: setIrcChannels()

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+

Example

display(getIrcChannels())
-- Prints: {"#mudlet", "#lua"}

getIrcConnectedHost

getIrcConnectedHost(): Returns true+host where host is a string containing the host name of the IRC server, as given to the client by the server while starting the IRC connection. If the client has not yet started or finished connecting this will return false and an empty string.

This function can be particularly useful for testing if the IRC client has connected to a server prior to sending data, and it will not auto-start the IRC client.

The hostname value this function returns can be used to test if sysIrcMessage events are sent from the server or a user on the network.

Example

local status, hostname = getIrcConnectedHost()

if status == true then
  -- do something with connected IRC, send IRC commands, store 'hostname' elsewhere.
  -- if sysIrcMessage sender = hostname from above, message is likely a status, command response, or an error from the Server.
else 
  -- print a status, change connection settings, or just continue waiting to send IRC data.
end

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+

getIrcNick

getIrcNick(): Returns a string containing the IRC client nickname. If the client is not yet started, your default nickname is loaded from IRC client configuration.; See also: setIrcNick()

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+

Example

local nick = getIrcNick()
echo(nick)
-- Prints: "Sheldor"

getIrcServer

getIrcServer(): Returns the IRC client server name and port as a string and a number respectively. If the client is not yet started your default server is loaded from IRC client configuration.; See also: setIrcServer()

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+

Example

local server, port = getIrcServer()
echo("server: "..server..", port: "..port.."\n")

getNetworkLatency

getNetworkLatency(): Returns the last measured response time between the sent command and the server reply in seconds - e.g. 0.058 (=58 milliseconds lag) or 0.309 (=309 milliseconds). This is the N: number you see bottom-right of Mudlet.

Also known as server lag.

Example

Need example

openUrl

openUrl (url): Opens the default OS browser for the given URL.

Example

openUrl("http://google.com")
openUrl("www.mudlet.org")

receiveMSP

receiveMSP(command): Receives a well-formed Mud Sound Protocol (MSP) message to be processed by the Mudlet client. Reference the Supported Protocols MSP manual for more information on about what can be sent and example triggers.

reconnect

reconnect(): Force-reconnects (so if you're connected, it'll disconnect) you to the game.

Example

-- you could trigger this on a log out message to reconnect, if you'd like
reconnect()

restartIrc

restartIrc(): Restarts the IRC client connection, reloading configurations from disk before reconnecting the IRC client.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+

sendAll

sendAll(list of things to send, [echo back or not]): sends multiple things to the game. If you'd like the commands not to be shown, include false at the end.

sendATCP

sendATCP(message, what): Need description

Parameters

message:

The message that you want to send.

what:

Need description

Example

Need example

sendGMCP

sendGMCP(command): Sends a GMCP message to the server. The IRE document on GMCP has information about what can be sent, and what tables it will use, etcetera.; Note that this function is rarely used in practice. For most GMCP modules, the messages are automatically sent by the server when a relevant event happens in the game. For example, LOOKing in your room prompts the server to send the room description and contents, as well as the GMCP message gmcp.Room. A call to sendGMCP would not be required in this case.

sendMSDP

sendMSDP(variable[, value][, value...]): Sends a MSDP message to the server.

Parameters

variable:

The variable, in MSDP terms, that you want to request from the server.

value:

The variables value that you want to request. You can request more than one value at a time.

Example

-- ask for a list of commands, lists, and reportable variables that the server supports
sendMSDP("LIST", "COMMANDS", "LISTS", "REPORTABLE_VARIABLES")

-- ask the server to start keeping you up to date on your health
sendMSDP("REPORT", "HEALTH")

-- or on your health and location
sendMSDP("REPORT", "HEALTH", "ROOM_VNUM", "ROOM_NAME")

sendIrc

sendIrc(target, message): Sends a message to an IRC channel or person. Returns true+status if message could be sent or was successfully processed by the client, or nil+error if the client is not ready for sending, and false+status if the client filtered the message or failed to send it for some reason. If the IRC client hasn't started yet, this function will initiate the IRC client and begin a connection.

Note: Since Mudlet 3.3, auto-opens the IRC window and returns the success status.

Parameters

target:

nick or channel name and if omitted will default to the first available channel in the list of joined channels.

message:

The message to send, may contain IRC client commands which start with / and can use all commands which are available through the client window.

Example

-- this would send "hello from Mudlet!" to the channel #mudlet on freenode.net
sendIrc("#mudlet", "hello from Mudlet!")
-- this would send "identify password" in a private message to Nickserv on freenode.net
sendIrc("Nickserv", "identify password")

-- use an in-built IRC command
sendIrc("#mudlet", "/topic")

Note: The following IRC commands are available since Mudlet 3.3:

/ACTION <target> <message...>
/ADMIN (<server>)
/AWAY (<reason...>)
/CLEAR (<buffer>) -- Clears the text log for the given buffer name. Uses the current active buffer if none are given.
/CLOSE (<buffer>) -- Closes the buffer and removes it from the Buffer list. Uses the current active buffer if none are given.
/HELP (<command>) -- Displays some help information about a given command or lists all available commands.
/INFO (<server>)
/INVITE <user> (<#channel>)
/JOIN <#channel> (<key>)
/KICK (<#channel>) <user> (<reason...>)
/KNOCK <#channel> (<message...>)
/LIST (<channels>) (<server>)
/ME [target] <message...>
/MODE (<channel/user>) (<mode>) (<arg>)
/MOTD (<server>)
/MSG <target> <message...> -- Sends a message to target, can be used to send Private messages.
/NAMES (<#channel>)
/NICK <nick>
/NOTICE <#channel/user> <message...>
/PART (<#channel>) (<message...>)
/PING (<user>)
/RECONNECT -- Issues a Quit command to the IRC Server and closes the IRC connection then reconnects to the IRC server. The same as calling ircRestart() in Lua.
/QUIT (<message...>)
/QUOTE <command> (<parameters...>)
/STATS <query> (<server>)
/TIME (<user>)
/TOPIC (<#channel>) (<topic...>)
/TRACE (<target>)
/USERS (<server>)
/VERSION (<user>)
/WHO <mask>
/WHOIS <user>
/WHOWAS <user>

Note: The following IRC commands are available since Mudlet 3.15:

/MSGLIMIT <limit> (<buffer>) -- Sets the limit for messages to keep in the IRC client message buffers and saves this setting. If a specific buffer/channel name is given the limit is not saved and applies to the given buffer until the application is closed or the limit is changed again. For this reason, global settings should be applied first, before settings for specific channels/PM buffers.

sendTelnetChannel102

sendTelnetChannel102(msg): Sends a message via the 102 subchannel back to the MUD (that's used in Aardwolf). The msg is in a two byte format; see the link below to the Aardwolf Wiki for how that works.

Example

-- turn prompt flags on:
sendTelnetChannel102("\52\1")

-- turn prompt flags off:
sendTelnetChannel102("\52\2")

To see the list of options that Aardwolf supports go to: Using Telnet negotiation to control MUD client interaction.

setIrcChannels

setIrcChannels(channels): Saves the given channels to disk as the new IRC client channel auto-join configuration. This value is not applied to the current active IRC client until it is restarted with restartIrc(); See also: getIrcChannels(), restartIrc()

Parameters

channels:

A table containing strings which are valid channel names. Any channels in the list which aren't valid are removed from the list.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+

Example

setIrcChannels( {"#mudlet", "#lua", "irc"} )
-- Only the first two will be accepted, as "irc" is not a valid channel name.

setIrcNick

setIrcNick(nickname): Saves the given nickname to disk as the new IRC client configuration. This value is not applied to the current active IRC client until it is restarted with restartIrc(); See also: getIrcNick(), restartIrc()

Parameters

nickname:

A string with your new desired name in IRC.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+

Example

setIrcNick( "Sheldor" )

setIrcServer

setIrcServer(hostname, port): Saves the given server's address to disk as the new IRC client connection configuration. These values are not applied to the current active IRC client until it is restarted with restartIrc(); See also: getIrcServer(), restartIrc()

Parameters

hostname:

A string containing the hostname of the IRC server.

port:

(optional) A number indicating the port of the IRC server. Defaults to 6667, if not provided.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.3+

Example

setIrcServer("chat.freenode.net", 6667)

postHTTP

postHTTP(dataToSend, url, headersTable, file): Sends an HTTP POST request to the given URL, either as text or with a specific file you'd like to upload. Raises sysPostHttpDone on success or sysPostHttpError on failure.; See also: downloadFile().

For privacy transparency, URLs accessed are logged in the Central Debug Console

Parameters

dataToSend:

Text to send in the request (unless you provide a file to upload).

url:

Location to send the request to.

headersTable:

(optional) table of headers to send with your request.

file:

(optional) file to upload as part of the POST request. If provided, this will replace 'dataToSend'.

Note: Available in Mudlet 4.1+

Example

function onHttpPostDone(_, url, body)
  cecho(string.format("<white>url: <dark_green>%s<white>, body: <dark_green>%s", url, body))
end

registerAnonymousEventHandler("sysPostHttpDone", onHttpPostDone)

postHTTP("why hello there!", "https://httpbin.org/post")
postHTTP("this us a request with custom headers", "https://httpbin.org/post", {["X-am-I-awesome"] = "yep I am"})
postHTTP("https://httpbin.org/post", "<fill in file location to upload here>")

putHTTP

putHTTP(dataToSend, url, headersTable, file): Sends an HTTP PUT request to the given URL, either as text or with a specific file you'd like to upload. Raises sysPutHttpDone on success or sysPutHttpError on failure.; See also: downloadFile(), postHTTP(), deleteHTTP().

For privacy transparency, URLs accessed are logged in the Central Debug Console

Parameters

dataToSend:

Text to send in the request (unless you provide a file to upload).

url:

Location to send the request to.

headersTable:

(optional) table of headers to send with your request.

file:

(optional) file to upload as part of the PUT request. If provided, this will replace 'dataToSend'.

Note: Available in Mudlet 4.1+

Example

function onHttpPutDone(_, url, body)
  cecho(string.format("<white>url: <dark_green>%s<white>, body: <dark_green>%s", url, body))
end

registerAnonymousEventHandler("sysPutHttpDone", onHttpPutDone)
putHTTP("this us a request with custom headers", "https://httpbin.org/put", {["X-am-I-awesome"] = "yep I am"})
putHTTP("https://httpbin.org/put", "<fill in file location to upload here>")

deleteHTTP

deleteHTTP(url, headersTable): Sends an HTTP DELETE request to the given URL. Raises sysDeleteHttpDone on success or sysDeleteHttpError on failure.; See also: downloadFile(), postHTTP(), putHTTP().

For privacy transparency, URLs accessed are logged in the Central Debug Console

Parameters

url:

Location to send the request to.

headersTable:

(optional) table of headers to send with your request.

Note: Available in Mudlet 4.1+

Example

function onHttpDeleteDone(_, url, body)

 cecho(string.format("<white>url: <dark_green>%s<white>, body: <dark_green>%s", url, body))

end

registerAnonymousEventHandler("sysDeleteHttpDone", onHttpDeleteDone)

deleteHTTP("https://httpbin.org/delete") deleteHTTP("https://httpbin.org/delete", {["X-am-I-awesome"] = "yep I am"}) </syntaxhighlight>

String Functions

addWordToDictionary

addWordToDictionary(word): Adds the given word to the custom profile or shared dictionary (whichever is selected in preferences).

Returns true on success (the word was actually added to the dictionary by this call) and nil+msg on error - including if the word was already there - this is so that if you have other scripts that you wish to run when a word was added you can make their execution conditional on success here.

getDictionaryWordList

getDictionaryWordList(): Returns the profile or shared custom dictionary word list (whichever is selected in preferences) - that is, words added via right-click "add word to dictionary" or addWordToDictionary().

Returns an indexed table of words.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.18.

Example

display(getDictionaryWordList())

removeWordFromDictionary

removeWordFromDictionary(word): Removed the given word to the custom profile or shared dictionary (whichever is selected in preferences).

Returns true on success (if the word was present and removed by this call) and nil+msg on error.

spellCheckWord

spellCheckWord(word, [customDictionary]): Spellchecks the given word against the custom or the system dictionary.

Returns true if the word is spelled correctly or false if it's not, and nil+msg on error.

Parameters

word: word to spellcheck.
customDictionary (optional): dictionary to use. If true, the profile or shared dictionary will be used (depending on your settings). If omitted or false, the system dictionary (the language you have selected in settings) will be used.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.18.

Example

-- spellcheck against the language dictionary
if spellCheckWord("run") then
  echo("'run' is spelled ok!\n")
end

-- spellcheck against the custom 'add word to dictionary'
if spellCheckWord("Darkwind", true) then
  echo("'Darkwind' is spelled OK!\n")
end

spellSuggestWord

spellSuggestWord(word, [customDictionary]): Suggests similar words for the given word.

Returns a table of suggestions or nil+msg on error.

string.byte, utf8.byte

string.byte(string [, i [, j]]) or utf8.byte(string [, i [, j]])
mystring:byte([, i [, j]]): Returns the internal numerical codes of the characters s[i], s[i+1], ···, s[j]. The default value for i is 1; the default value for j is i.; Note that numerical codes are not necessarily portable across platforms.; string.byte() works with English text only, use utf8.byte() for the international version.; See also: string.char, utf8.char

Example

-- the following call will return the ASCII values of "A", "B" and "C"
a, b, c = string.byte("ABC", 1, 3)
echo(a .. " - " .. b .. " - " .. c) -- shows "65 - 66 - 67"

-- same for the international version but with the Unicode values
a, b, c = utf8.byte("дом", 1, 3)
echo(a .. " - " .. b .. " - " .. c) -- shows "1076 - 1086 - 1084"

string.char, utf8.char

string.char(···) or utf8.char(···): Receives zero or more integers. Returns a string with length equal to the number of arguments, in which each character has the internal numerical code equal to its corresponding argument.; Note that numerical codes are not necessarily portable across platforms.; string.char() works with English text only, use utf8.char() for the international version.; See also: string.byte, utf8.byte

Example

-- the following call will return the string "ABC" corresponding to the ASCII values 65, 66, 67
mystring = string.char(65, 66, 67)

-- same for the infernational version which will return text "дом" for the Unicode values 1076, 1086, 1084
mystring = utf8.char(1076,1086,1084)
print(mystring)

string.cut

string.cut(string, maxLen): Cuts string to the specified maximum length.; Returns the modified string.

Parameters

string:

The text you wish to cut. Passed as a string.

maxLen:

The maximum length you wish the string to be. Passed as an integer number.

Example

--The following call will return 'abc' and store it in myString
myString = string.cut("abcde", 3)
--You can easily pad string to certain length. Example below will print 'abcde     ' e.g. pad/cut string to 10 characters.
local s = "abcde"
s = string.cut(s .. "          ", 10)   -- append 10 spaces
echo("'" .. s .. "'")

string.dump

string.dump()

Converts a function into a binary string. You can use the loadstring() function later to get the function back.

string.dump() works with both English and non-English text fine.
Example

string = string.dump(echo("this is a string"))
--The following should then echo "this is a string"
loadstring(string)()

string.enclose

string.enclose(String): Wraps a string with [[ ]]; Returns the altered string.

Parameters

String:

The string to enclose. Passed as a string.

Example

--This will echo '[[Oh noes!]]' to the main window
echo("'" .. string.enclose("Oh noes!") .. "'")

string.ends

string.ends(String, Suffix): Test if string is ending with specified suffix.; Returns true or false.; See also: string.starts

Parameters

String:

The string to test. Passed as a string.

Suffix:

The suffix to test for. Passed as a string.

Example

--This will test if the incoming line ends with "in bed" and if not will add it to the end.
if not string.ends(line, "in bed") then
  echo("in bed\n")
end

string.find, utf8.find

string.find(text, pattern [, init [, plain]]) or utf8.find: Looks for the first match of pattern in the string text. If it finds a match, then find returns the indices of text where this occurrence starts and ends; otherwise, it returns nil. A third, optional numerical argument init specifies where to start the search; its default value is 1 and can be negative. A value of true as a fourth, optional argument plain turns off the pattern matching facilities, so the function does a plain "find substring" operation, with no characters in pattern being considered "magic". Note that if plain is given, then init must be given as well.

If the pattern has captures, then in a successful match the captured values are also returned, after the two indices.

string.find() works with English text only, use utf8.find() for the international version.
Example

-- check if the word appears in a variable
if string.find(matches[2], "rabbit") then
  echo("Found a rabbit!\n")
end

-- the following example will print: "3, 4"
local start, stop = string.find("This is a test.", "is")
if start then
   print(start .. ", " .. stop)
end
-- note that here "is" is being found at the end of the word "This", rather than the expected second word

-- to make it match the word on its own, prefix %f[%a] and suffix %f[%A]
if string.find("This is a test", "%f[%a]is%f[%A]") then
  echo("This 'is' is the actual stand-alone word\n")
end

Return value:

nil or start and stop position of the first matched text, followed by any captured text.

string.findPattern

string.findPattern(text, pattern): Return first matching substring or nil.

Parameters

text:

The text you are searching the pattern for.

pattern:

The pattern you are trying to find in the text.

Example

Following example will print: "I did find: Troll" string.

local match = string.findPattern("Troll is here!", "Troll")
if match then
   echo("I did find: " .. match)
end

This example will find substring regardless of case.

local match = string.findPattern("Troll is here!", string.genNocasePattern("troll"))
if match then
    echo("I did find: " .. match)
end

Return value:

nil or first matching substring

string.format

string.format(formatstring,...): Returns a formatted version of its variable number of arguments following the description given in its first argument (which must be a string). The format string follows the same rules as the printf family of standard C functions. The only differences are that the options/modifiers *, l, L, n, p, and h are not supported and that there is an extra option, q. The q option formats a string in a form suitable to be safely read back by the Lua interpreter: the string is written between double quotes, and all double quotes, newlines, embedded zeros, and backslashes in the string are correctly escaped when written. For instance, the call

string.format('%q', 'a string with "quotes" and \n new line')

will produce the string:

     "a string with \"quotes\" and \
      new line"

The options c, d, E, e, f, g, G, i, o, u, X, and x all expect a number as argument, whereas q and s expect a string.

This function does not accept string values containing embedded zeros, except as arguments to the q option.

string.format() works fine with both English and non-English text.

Example

some_data = "MudletUser1"

-- pad data 20 characters wide to the left
display(string.format("%20s", some_data))
-- result: "         MudletUser1"

-- pad same data but instead to the the right
display(string.format("%-20s", some_data))
-- result: "MudletUser1         "

-- pad but first truncate data to 6 characters
display(string.format("%20s", string.sub(some_data, 1, 6)))
-- result: "              Mudlet"

string.genNocasePattern

string.genNocasePattern(template): Generate case insensitive search pattern from string.

Parameters

template: The original string to be used as the base.

Example

echo(string.genNocasePattern("123abc"))
-- result: "123[aA][bB][cC]"

string.gfind

string.gfind(): This is an old version of what is now string.gmatch. Use string.gmatch instead.
Example

Need example

string.gmatch, utf8.gmatch

string.gmatch(text, pattern) or utf8.gmatch: Returns an iterator function that, each time it is called, returns the next captures from pattern over string text. If pattern specifies no captures, then the whole match is produced in each call.

As an example, the following loop

     s = "hello world from Lua"
     for w in string.gmatch(s, "%a+") do
       print(w)
     end

will iterate over all the words from string s, printing one per line. The next example collects all pairs key=value from the given string into a table:

     t = {}
     s = "from=world, to=Lua"
     for k, v in string.gmatch(s, "(%w+)=(%w+)") do
       t[k] = v
     end

For this function, a '^' at the start of a pattern does not work as an anchor, as this would prevent the iteration.

string.gmatch() works with English text only, use utf8.gmatch() for the international version.
Example

Need example

string.gsub, utf8.gsub

string.gsub(text, pattern, repl [, n]) or utf8.gsub: Returns a copy of text in which all (or the first n, if given) occurrences of the pattern have been replaced by a replacement string specified by repl, which can be a string, a table, or a function. gsub also returns, as its second value, the total number of matches that occurred.

If repl is a string, then its value is used for replacement. The character % works as an escape character: any sequence in repl of the form %n, with n between 1 and 9, stands for the value of the n-th captured substring (see below). The sequence %0 stands for the whole match. The sequence %% stands for a single %.

If repl is a table, then the table is queried for every match, using the first capture as the key; if the pattern specifies no captures, then the whole match is used as the key.

If repl is a function, then this function is called every time a match occurs, with all captured substrings passed as arguments, in order; if the pattern specifies no captures, then the whole match is passed as a sole argument.

If the value returned by the table query or by the function call is a string or a number, then it is used as the replacement string; otherwise, if it is false or nil, then there is no replacement (that is, the original match is kept in the string).

string.gsub() works with English text only, use utf8.gsub() for the international version.
Example

     x = string.gsub("hello world", "(%w+)", "%1 %1")
     --> x="hello hello world world"
     
     x = string.gsub("hello world", "%w+", "%0 %0", 1)
     --> x="hello hello world"
     
     x = string.gsub("hello world from Lua", "(%w+)%s*(%w+)", "%2 %1")
     --> x="world hello Lua from"
     
     x = string.gsub("home = $HOME, user = $USER", "%$(%w+)", os.getenv)
     --> x="home = /home/roberto, user = roberto"
     
     x = string.gsub("4+5 = $return 4+5$", "%$(.-)%$", function (s)
           return loadstring(s)()
         end)
     --> x="4+5 = 9"
     
     local t = {name="lua", version="5.1"}
     x = string.gsub("$name-$version.tar.gz", "%$(%w+)", t)
     --> x="lua-5.1.tar.gz"

string.len, utf8.len

string.len(string) or utf8.len(string)
mystring:len(): Receives a string and returns its length. The empty string "" has length 0. Embedded zeros are counted, so "a\000bc\000" has length 5.; string.len() works with English text only, use utf8.len() for the international version.

Parameters

string:

The string (text) you want to find the length of.

Example

-- prints 5 for the 5 letters in our word
print(string.len("hello"))

-- international version
print(utf8.len("слово"))

string.lower, utf8.lower

string.lower(string) or utf8.lower(string)
mystring:lower(): Receives a string and returns a copy of this string with all uppercase letters changed to lowercase. All other characters are left unchanged. The definition of what an uppercase letter is depends on the current locale.; string.lower() works with English text only, use utf8.lower() for the international version.; See also: string.upper, utf8.upper

Example

-- prints an all-lowercase version
print(string.lower("No way! This is AWESOME!"))

-- international version
print(utf8.lower("Класс! Ето ОТЛИЧНО!"))

string.match, utf8.match

string.match(text, pattern [, init]) or utf8.match(): Looks for the first match of pattern in the string text. If it finds one, then match returns the captures from the pattern; otherwise it returns nil. If pattern specifies no captures, then the whole match is returned. A third, optional numerical argument init specifies where to start the search; its default value is 1 and can be negative.; string.match() works with English text only, use utf8.match() for the international version.
Example

Need example

string.rep

string.rep(String, n)
mystring:rep(n): Returns a string that is the concatenation of n copies of the string String.; string.rep() works with both English and non-English text fine.

Example

-- repeat * 10 times
display(string.rep("*", 10))
-- results in:
**********

-- do the same thing, but this time calling from a variable
s = "*"
display(s:rep(10))
-- results in:
**********

string.reverse, utf8.reverse

string.reverse(string), utf8.reverse(string)
mystring:reverse()

Returns a string that is the string string reversed.

string.reverse() works with English text only, use utf8.reverse() for the international version.

Parameters

string:

The string to reverse. Passed as a string.

Example

mystring = "Hello from Lua"
echo(mystring:reverse()) -- displays 'auL morf olleH'

-- international version.
mystring = "Привет от Луа!"
echo(utf8.reverse(mystring)) -- displays '!ауЛ то тевирП', which probably looks the same to you

string.split

string.split(string, delimiter)
myString:split(delimiter): Splits a string into a table by the given delimiter. Can be called against a string (or variable holding a string) using the second form above.; Returns a table containing the split sections of the string.

Parameters

string:

The string to split. Parameter is not needed if using second form of the syntax above. Passed as a string.

delimiter:

The delimiter to use when splitting the string. Passed as a string, and allows for Lua pattern types. Use % to escape here (and %% to escape a stand-alone %).

Example

-- This will split the string by ", " delimiter and print the resulting table to the main window.
names = "Alice, Bob, Peter"
name_table = string.split(names, ", ")
display(name_table)

--The alternate method
names = "Alice, Bob, Peter"
name_table = names:split(", ")
display(name_table)

Either method above will print out:

table {

1: 'Alice'

2: 'Bob'

3: 'Peter'

}

string.starts

string.starts(string, prefix): Test if string is starting with specified prefix.; Returns true or false; See also: string.ends

Parameters

string:

The string to test. Passed as a string.

prefix:

The prefix to test for. Passed as a string.

Example

--The following will see if the line begins with "You" and if so will print a statement at the end of the line
if string.starts(line, "You") then
  echo("====oh you====\n")
end

string.sub, utf8.sub

string.sub(text, i [, j]) or utf8.sub(): Returns the substring of text that starts at i and continues until j; i and j can be negative. If j is absent, then it is assumed to be equal to -1 (which is the same as the string length). In particular, the call string.sub(text,1,j) returns a prefix of text with length j, and string.sub(text, -i) returns a suffix of text with length i.; string.sub() works with English text only, use utf8.sub() for the international version.
Example

Need example

string.title

string.title(string)
mystring:title(): Capitalizes the first character in a string.; Returns the altered string.

Parameters

string:

The string to modify. Not needed if you use the second form of the syntax above.

Example

--Variable testname is now Anna.
testname = string.title("anna")
--Example will set test to "Bob".
test = "bob"
test = test:title()

string.trim

string.trim(string): Trims string, removing all 'extra' white space at the beginning and end of the text.; Returns the altered string.

Parameters

string:

The string to trim. Passed as a string.

Example

--This will print 'Troll is here!', without the extra spaces.
local str = string.trim("  Troll is here!  ")
echo("'" .. str .. "'")

string.upper, utf8.upper

string.upper(string) or utf8.upper(string)
mystring:upper(): Receives a string and returns a copy of this string with all lowercase letters changed to uppercase. All other characters are left unchanged. The definition of what a lowercase letter is depends on the current locale.; string.upper() works with English text only, use utf8.upper() for the international version.

utf8.charpos

utf8.charpos(string[[, charpos], offset]): Converts UTF-8 position to byte offset, returns the character position and code point. If only offset is given, returns byte offset of this UTF-8 char index. If charpos and offset is given, a new charpos will be calculated by adding/subtracting UTF-8 char offset to current charpos. In all cases, it return a new char position, and code point (a number) at this position.

Parameters

string:

The input string to work on.

charpos:

(optional) character position to work on.

offset:

(optional) offset (as a number) to work on.

utf8.escape

utf8.escape(string): Escape a string to UTF-8 format string. It support several escape formats:

%ddd - which ddd is a decimal number at any length:

      change Unicode code point to UTF-8 format.

%{ddd} - same as %nnn but has bracket around. %uddd - same as %ddd, u stands Unicode %u{ddd} - same as %{ddd} %xhhh - hexadigit version of %ddd %x{hhh} same as %xhhh. %? - '?' stands for any other character: escape this character.

Parameters

string:

The string you want to escape

Example

local u = utf8.escape
print(u"%123%u123%{123}%u{123}%xABC%x{ABC}")
print(u"%%123%?%d%%u")

utf8.fold

utf8.fold(string): Returns the lowercase version of the string for use in case-insensitive comparisons. If string is a number, it's treated as a code point and the converted code point is returned (as a number).

Parameters

string:

The string to lowercase.

Example

print(utf8.fold("ПРИВЕТ")) -- 'привет'
print(utf8.fold("Привет")) -- 'привет'

utf8.insert

utf8.insert(string[, idx], substring): Inserts the substring into the given string. If idx is given, inserts substring before the character at this index, otherwise the substring will append onto the end of string. idx can be negative.

Parameters

string:

The input string to work on.

idx:

(optional) character position to insert the string at.

substring:

text to insert into the substring.

Example

-- inserts letter я before the 2nd letter and prints 'мясо'
print(utf8.insert("мсо", 2, "я"))

utf8.ncasecmp

utf8.ncasecmp(a, b): Compares a and b without case. Return -1 means a < b, 0 means a == b and 1 means a > b.

Parameters

a:

String to compare.

b:

String to compare against.

utf8.next

utf8.next(string[, charpos[, offset]]): Iterates though the UTF-8 string.

Parameters

string:

The input string to work on.

charpos:

(optional) character position to work on.

offset:

(optional) offset (as a number) to work on.

Example

-- prints location and code point of every letter
for pos, code in utf8.next, "тут есть текст" do
   print(pos, code)
end

utf8.remove

utf8.remove(string[, start[, stop]]): Removed characters from the given string. Deletes characters from the given start to the end of the string. If stop is given, deletes characters from start to stop (including start and stop). start and stop can be negative.

Parameters

string:

The input string to work on.

start:

position to start deleting characters from.

stop:

(optional) posititon to stop deleting characters at.

Example

-- delete everything from the 3rd character including the character itself
print(utf8.remove("мясо", 3)) -- 'мя'

-- delete the last character, use negative to count backwards
print(utf8.remove("мясо", -1)) -- 'мяс'

-- delete everything from the 2nd to the 4th character
print(utf8.remove("вкусное", 2,4)) -- 'вное'

utf8.title

utf8.title(string): Returns the uppercase version of the string for use in case-insensitive comparisons. If string is a number, it's treated as a code point and the converted code point is returned (as a number).

Parameters

string:

The string to uppercase.

Example

print(utf8.title("привет")) -- 'ПРИВЕТ'
print(utf8.title("Привет")) -- 'ПРИВЕТ'

utf8.width

utf8.width(string[, ambi_is_double[, default_width]]): Calculate the widths of the given string. If the string is a code point, return the width of this code point.

Parameters

string:

The input string to work on.

ambi_is_double:

(optional) if provided, the ambiguous width character's width is 2, otherwise it's 1.

default_width:

(optional) if provided, this will be the width of unprintable character, used display a non-character mark for these characters.

utf8.widthindex

utf8.widthindex(string, location[, ambi_is_double[, default_width]]): Returns the character index at the location in the given string as well as the offset and the width. This is a reverse operation of utf8.width().

Parameters

string:

The input string to work on.

location:

location to get the width of.

ambi_is_double:

(optional) if provided, the ambiguous width character's width is 2, otherwise it's 1.

default_width:

(optional) if provided, this will be the width of unprintable character, used display a non-character mark for these characters.

Manual:Text Functions

Table Functions

table.complement

table.complement (set1, set2): Returns a table that is the relative complement of the first table with respect to the second table. Returns a complement of key/value pairs.

Parameters

table1:
table2:

Example

local t1 = {key = 1,1,2,3}
local t2 = {key = 2,1,1,1}
local comp = table.complement(t1,t2)
display(comp)

This prints the following:

  key = 1,
  [2] = 2,
  [3] = 3

Returns: A table containing all the key/value pairs from table1 that do not match the key/value pairs from table2.

table.concat

table.concat(table, delimiter, startingindex, endingindex): Joins a table into a string. Each item must be something which can be transformed into a string.; Returns the joined string.; See also: string.split

Parameters

table:

The table to concatenate into a string. Passed as a table.

delimiter:

Optional string to use to separate each element in the joined string. Passed as a string.

startingindex:

Optional parameter to specify which index to begin the joining at. Passed as an integer.

endingindex:

Optional parameter to specify the last index to join. Passed as an integer.

Examples

--This shows a basic concat with none of the optional arguments
testTable = {1,2,"hi","blah",}
testString = table.concat(testTable)
--testString would be equal to "12hiblah"

--This example shows the concat using the optional delimiter
testString = table.concat(testTable, ", ")
--testString would be equal to "1, 2, hi, blah"

--This example shows the concat using the delimiter and the optional starting index
testString = table.concat(testTable, ", ", 2)
--testString would be equal to "2, hi, blah"

--And finally, one which uses all of the arguments
testString = table.concat(testTable, ", ", 2, 3)
--testString would be equal to "2, hi"

table.contains

table.contains (t, value): Determines if a table contains a value as a key or as a value (recursive).; Returns true or false

Parameters

t:

The table in which you are checking for the presence of the value.

value:

The value you are checking for within the table.

Example

local test_table = { "value1", "value2", "value3", "value4" }
if table.contains(test_table, "value1") then 
   echo("Got value 1!")
else
   echo("Don't have it. Sorry!")
end

This example would always echo the first one, unless you remove value1 from the table.

table.deepcopy

table.deepcopy (table): Returns a complete copy of the table.

Parameters

table:

The table which you'd like to get a copy of.

Example

local test_table = { "value1", "value2", "value3", "value4" }

-- by just doing:
local newtable = test_table
-- you're linking newtable to test_table. Any change in test_table will be reflected in newtable.

-- however, by doing:
local newtable = table.deepcopy(test_table)
-- the two tables are completely separate now.

table.intersection

table.intersection (set1, set2): Returns a table that is the relative intersection of the first table with respect to the second table. Returns a intersection of key/value pairs.

Parameters

table1:
table2:

Example

local t1 = {key = 1,1,2,3}
local t2 = {key = 1,1,1,1}
local intersect = table.intersection(t1,t2)
display(intersect)

This prints the following:

  key = 1,
  1

Returns: A table containing all the key/value pairs from table1 that match the key/value pairs from table2.

table.insert

table.insert(table, [pos,] value): Inserts element value at position pos in table, shifting up other elements to open space, if necessary. The default value for pos is n+1, where n is the length of the table, so that a call table.insert(t,x) inserts x at the end of table t.; See also: table.remove

Parameters

table:

The table in which you are inserting the value

pos:

Optional argument, determining where the value will be inserted.

value:

The variable that you are inserting into the table. Can be a regular variable, or even a table or function*.

Examples

--it will inserts what inside the variable of matches[2] into at the end of table of 'test_db_name'. 
table.insert(test_db_name, matches[2])
--it will inserts other thing at the first position of this table.
table.insert(test_db_name, 1, "jgcampbell300")

--[=[

This results:

test_db_name = {
    "jgcampbell300",
    "SlySven"
}
]=]

table.index_of

table.index_of(table, value)

Returns the index (location) of an item in an indexed table, or nil if it's not found.

Parameters

table:

The table in which you are inserting the value

value:

The variable that you are searching for in the table.

Examples

-- will return 1, because 'hi' is the first item in the list
table.index_of({"hi", "bye", "greetings"}, "hi")

-- will return 3, because 'greetings' is third in the list
table.index_of({"hi", "bye", "greetings"}, "greetings")

-- you can also use this in combination with table.remove(), which requires the location of the item to delete
local words = {"hi", "bye", "greetings"}
table.remove(words, table.index_of(words, "greetings"))

-- however that won't work if the word isn't present, table.remove(mytable, nil (from table.index_of)) will give an error
-- so if you're unsure, confirm with table.contains first
local words = {"hi", "bye", "greetings"}
if table.contains(words, "greetings") then
  table.remove(words, table.index_of(words, "greetings"))
end

table.is_empty

table.is_empty(table): Check if a table is devoid of any values.

Parameters

table:

The table you are checking for values.

table.keys

table.keys(table): return a table that is the collection of the keys in use by the table passed in

Parameters

table:

The table you are collecting keys from.

Note: Available since Mudlet 4.1.

Example

   local testTable = {
     name = "thing",
     type = "test",
     malfunction = "major"
   }
   local keys = table.keys(testTable)
   -- key is now a table { "name", "type", "malfunction" } but the order cannot be guaranteed
   -- as pairs() does not iterate in a guaranteed order. If you want the keys in alphabetical
   -- run table.sort(keys) and keys == { "malfunction", "name", "type" }

table.load

table.load(location, table): Load a table from an external file into mudlet.; See also: table.save

Tip: you can load a table from anywhere on your computer, but it's preferable to have them consolidated somewhere connected to Mudlet, such as the current profile.

Parameters

location:

Where you are loading the table from. Can be anywhere on your computer.

table:

The table that you are loading into - it must exist already.

Example:

-- This will load the table mytable from the lua file mytable present in your Mudlet Home Directory.
mytable = mytable or {}
if io.exists(getMudletHomeDir().."/mytable.lua") then
  table.load(getMudletHomeDir().."/mytable.lua", mytable) -- using / is OK on Windows too.
end

table.maxn

table.maxn(table): Returns the largest positive numerical index of the given table, or zero if the table has no positive numerical indices. (To do its job this function does a linear traversal of the whole table.)

table.n_filter

table.n_filter(table, function(element[, index[, table]])): Returns a new table with all elements that pass the test implemented by the provided function. If no elements pass the test, an empty table will be returned.

Parameters

table: the table you wish to filter values out of.
function: the function to test each element of the array. Return true to keep the element, false otherwise. It accepts three arguments:
- element: The current element being processed in the table.
- index: (optional) The index of the current element being processed in the table.
- table: (optional) The table n_filter was called upon.

Examples

Filter out small values:

local function isBigEnough(value) return value >= 10 end
local filtered = table.n_filter({12, 5, 8, 130, 44}, isBigEnough)
-- filtered: {12, 130, 44}

Filter out invalid entries:

local invalidEntries = 0
local entries = {
  { id = 15 }, { id = -1 }, { id = 0 }, { id = 3 },
  { id = 12.2 }, { }, { id = nil }, { id = false },
  { id = 'not a number' }
}

local function isNumber(t) return t and type(t) == 'number' end
local function filterByID(item)
  if isNumber(item.id) and item.id ~= 0 then
    return true
  end
  invalidEntries = invalidEntries + 1
  return false
end

local entriesByID = table.n_filter(entries, filterByID)
-- invalidEntries: 5
-- entriesByID: { { id = 15 }, { id = -1 }, { id = 3 }, { id = 12.2 } }

Filter out content based on search criteria:

local fruits = {'apple', 'banana', 'grapes', 'mango', 'orange'}
local function filterItems(t, query)
  return table.n_filter(t, function(item)
    return item:lower():find(query:lower())
  end)
end
filterItems(fruits, 'ap') -- {'apple', 'grapes'}
filterItems(fruits, 'an') -- {'banana', 'mango', 'orange'}

table.n_flatten

table.n_flatten(table): Returns a new table with the sub-table elements concatenated into it.

Parameters

table: A table of nested sub-tables you wish to flatten.

Example

local t1 = {1, 2, {3, 4}};
local t2 = {1, 2, {3, 4, {5, 6}}};
local t3 = {1, 2, {3, 4, {5, 6, {7, 8, {9, 10}}}}};
table.n_flatten(t1) -- {1, 2, 3, 4}
table.n_flatten(t2) -- {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
table.n_flatten(t3) -- {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}

table.n_union

table.n_union (table1, table2): Returns a numerically indexed table that is the union of the provided tables (that is - merges two indexed lists together). This is a union of unique values. The order and keys of the input tables are not preserved.

Parameters

table1: the first table as an indexed list.
table2: the second table as an indexed list.

Example

display(table.n_union({"bob", "mary"}, {"august", "justinian"}))

{
  "bob",
  "mary",
  "august",
  "justinian"
}

table.n_complement

table.n_complement (set1, set2): Returns a table that is the relative complement of the first numerically indexed table with respect to the second numerically indexed table. Returns a numerically indexed complement of values.

Parameters

table1:
table2:

Example

local t1 = {1,2,3,4,5,6}
local t2 = {2,4,6}
local comp = table.n_complement(t1,t2)
display(comp)

This prints the following:

  1,
  3,
  5

Returns: A table containing all the values from table1 that do not match the values from table2.

table.n_intersection

table.n_intersection (...): Returns a numerically indexed table that is the intersection of the provided tables. This is an intersection of unique values. The order and keys of the input tables are not preserved

Example

local t1 = {1,2,3,4,5,6}
local t2 = {2,4,6}
local intersect = table.n_intersection(t1,t2)
display(intersect)

This prints the following:

  2,
  4,
  6

Returns: A table containing the values that are found in every one of the tables.

table.pickle

table.pickle( t, file, tables, lookup ): Internal function used by table.save() for serializing data.

table.remove

table.remove(table, value_position): Remove a value from an indexed table, by the values position in the table.; See also: table.insert

Parameters

table

The indexed table you are removing the value from.

value_position

The indexed number for the value you are removing.

Example

testTable = { "hi", "bye", "cry", "why" }
table.remove(testTable, 1) -- will remove hi from the table
-- new testTable after the remove
testTable = { "bye", "cry", "why" }
-- original position of hi was 1, after the remove, position 1 has become bye
-- any values under the removed value are moved up, 5 becomes 4, 4 becomes 3, etc

Note: To remove a value from a key-value table, it's best to simply change the value to nil.

testTable = { test = "testing", go = "boom", frown = "glow" }
table.remove(testTable, test) -- this will error
testTable.test = nil -- won't error
testTable["test"] = nil -- won't error

table.save

table.save(location, table): Save a table into an external file in location.; See also: table.load

Parameters

location:

Where you want the table file to be saved. Can be anywhere on your computer.

table:

The table that you are saving to the file.

Example:

-- Saves the table mytable to the lua file mytable in your Mudlet Home Directory
table.save(getMudletHomeDir().."/mytable.lua", mytable)

table.sort

table.sort(Table [, comp]): Sorts table elements in a given order, in-place, from Table[1] to Table[n], where n is the length of the table.

If comp is given, then it must be a function that receives two table elements, and returns true when the first is less than the second (so that not comp(a[i+1],a[i]) will be true after the sort). If comp is not given, then the standard Lua operator < is used instead.

The sort algorithm is not stable; that is, elements considered equal by the given order may have their relative positions changed by the sort.

table.size

table.size (t): Returns the size of a key-value table (this function has to iterate through all of the table to count all elements).; Returns a number.

Parameters

t:

The table you are checking the size of.

Note: For index based tables you can get the size with the # operator: This is the standard Lua way of getting the size of index tables i.e. ipairs() type of tables with numerical indices. To get the size of tables that use user defined keys instead of automatic indices (pairs() type) you need to use the function table.size() referenced above.

local test_table = { "value1", "value2", "value3", "value4" }
myTableSize = #test_table
-- This would return 4.
local myTable = { 1 = "hello", "key2" = "bye", "key3" = "time to go" }
table.size(myTable)
-- This would return 3.

table.unpickle

table.unpickle( t, tables, tcopy, pickled ): Internal function used by table.load() for deserialization.

table.update

table.update(table1, table2): Returns a table in which key/value pairs from table2 are added to table1, and any keys present in both tables are assigned the value from table2, so that the resulting table is table1 updated with information from table2.

Example

display(table.update({a = 1, b = 2, c = 3}, {b = 4, d = 5}))
{
   a = 1,
   b = 4,
   c = 3,
   d = 5
}

-- to just set a table to new values, assign it directly:
mytable = {key1 = "newvalue"}

table.union

table.union(...): Returns a table that is the union of the provided tables. This is a union of key/value pairs. If two or more tables contain different values associated with the same key, that key in the returned table will contain a subtable containing all relevant values. See table.n_union() for a union of values. Note that the resulting table may not be reliably traversable with ipairs() due to the fact that it preserves keys. If there is a gap in numerical indices, ipairs() will cease traversal.

Examples

tableA = {
   [1] = 123,
   [2] = 456,
   ["test"] = "test",
}
---
tableB = {
   [1] = 23,
   [3] = 7,
   ["test2"] = function() return true end,
}
---
tableC = {
   [5] = "c",
}
---
table.union(tableA, tableB, tableC)
-- will return the following:
{
   [1] = {
      123,
      23,
   },
   [2] = 456,
   [3] = 7,
   [5] = "c",
   ["test"] = "test",
   ["test2"] = function() return true end,
}

Text to Speech Functions

These functions can make Mudlet talk for you (audible sound from written words). The feature is available since Mudlet version 3.17. Check out the Text-To-Speech Manual for more detail on how this all works together.

Several Mudlet events are available functionality as well:

ttsSpeechStarted
ttsSpeechReady
ttsSpeechQueued
ttsSpeechPaused
ttsSpeechError

ttsClearQueue

ttsClearQueue([index]): This function will help, if you have already queued a few lines of text to speak, and now want to remove some or all of them.; Returns false if an invalid index is given.

ttsGetCurrentLine

ttsGetCurrentLine(): If you want to analyse if or what is currently said, this function is for you.; Returns the text being spoken, or false if not speaking.

ttsGetCurrentVoice

ttsGetCurrentVoice(): If you have multiple voices available on your system, you may want to check which one is currently in use.; Returns the name of the voice used for speaking.

ttsGetQueue

ttsGetQueue([index]): This function can be used to show your current queue of texts, or any single text thereof.; Returns a single text or a table of texts, or false. See index parameter for details.

ttsGetState

ttsGetState(): With this function you can find the current state of the speech engine.; Returns one of: ttsSpeechReady, ttsSpeechPaused, ttsSpeechStarted, ttsSpeechError, ttsUnknownState.

See also: ttsSpeak, ttsPause, ttsResume, ttsQueue

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17

Example

ttsQueue("We begin with some text")
ttsQueue("And we continue it without interruption")
echo(ttsGetState())
-- ttsSpeechStarted

ttsGetVoices

ttsGetVoices(): Lists all voices available to your current operating system and language settings. Currently uses the default system locale.; Returns a table of names.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17

Example

display(ttsGetVoices())
-- for example returns the following on Windows (US locale)
-- {
--   "Microsoft Zira Desktop"
-- }

ttsPause

ttsPause(): Pauses the speech which is currently spoken, if any. Engines on different OS's (Windows/macOS/Linux) behave differently - pause may not work at all, it may take several seconds before it takes effect, or it may pause instantly. Some engines will look for a break that they can later resume from, such as a sentence end.

ttsQueue

ttsQueue(text to queue, [index]): This function will add the given text to your speech queue. Text from the queue will be spoken one after the other. This is opposed to ttsSpeak which will interrupt any spoken text immediately. The queue can be reviewed and modified, while their content has not been spoken.

Parameters

text to queue:

Any written text which you would like to hear spoken to you. You can write literal text, or put in string variables, maybe taken from triggers or aliases, etc.

index

(optional) number. The text will be inserted to the queue at this index position. If no index is provided, the text will be added to the end of the queue.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17

Example

ttsQueue("We begin with some text")
ttsQueue("And we continue it without interruption")
display(ttsGetQueue())
-- will show the queued texts as follows
-- (first line ignored because it's being spoken and is not in queue):
-- {
--   "And we continue it without interruption"
-- }

ttsResume

ttsResume(): Resumes the speech which was previously spoken, if any has been paused.

ttsSpeak

ttsSpeak(text to speak): This will speak the given text immediately with the currently selected voice. Any currently spoken text will be interrupted (use the speech queue to queue a voice instead).

ttsSetPitch

ttsSetPitch(pitch): Sets the pitch of speech playback.

Parameters

pitch:

Number. Should be between 1 and -1, will be limited otherwise.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17

Example

-- talk deeply first, after 2 seconds talk highly, after 4 seconds normally again
ttsSetPitch(-1)
ttsQueue("Deep voice")

tempTimer(2, function()
  ttsSetPitch(1)
  ttsQueue("High voice")
end)

tempTimer(4, function()
  ttsSetPitch(0)
  ttsQueue("Normal voice")
end)

ttsSetRate

ttsSetRate(rate): Sets the rate of speech playback.

Parameters

rate:

Number. Should be between 1 and -1, will be limited otherwise.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17

Example

-- talk slowly first, after 2 seconds talk quickly, after 4 seconds normally again
ttsSetRate(-1)
ttsQueue("Slow voice")

tempTimer(2, function ()
  ttsSetRate(1)
  ttsQueue("Quick voice")
end)

tempTimer(4, function ()
  ttsSetRate(0)
 ttsQueue("Normal voice")
end)

ttsSetVolume

ttsSetVolume(volume): Sets the volume of speech playback.

Parameters

volume:

Number. Should be between 1 and 0, will be limited otherwise.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17

Example

-- talk quietly first, after 2 seconds talk a bit louder, after 4 seconds normally again
ttsSetVolume(0.2)
ttsSpeak("Quiet voice")

tempTimer(2, function ()
  ttsSetVolume(0.5)
  ttsSpeak("Low voice")
end)

tempTimer(4, function () 
  ttsSetVolume(1)
  ttsSpeak("Normal voice")
end)

ttsSetVoiceByIndex

ttsSetVoiceByIndex(index): If you have multiple voices available, you can switch them with this function by giving their index position as seen in the table you receive from ttsGetVoices(). If you know their name, you can also use ttsSetVoiceByName.; Returns true, if the setting was successful, errors otherwise.

ttsSetVoiceByName

ttsSetVoiceByName(name): If you have multiple voices available, and know their name already, you can switch them with this function.; Returns true, if the setting was successful, false otherwise.

ttsSkip

ttsSkip(): Skips the current line of text.

UI Functions

All functions that help you customize Mudlet's interface and the game's text.

ansi2decho

ansi2decho(text, default_colour): Converts ANSI colour sequences in text to colour tags that can be processed by the decho() function. Italics and underline not currently supported since decho doesn't support them.; See also: decho()

Note:

ANSI bold is available since Mudlet 3.7.1+.

Parameters

text:

String that contains ANSI colour sequences that should be replaced.

default_colour:

Optional - ANSI default colour code (used when handling orphan bold tags).

Return values

string text:

The decho-valid converted text.

string colour:

The ANSI code for the last used colour in the substitution (useful if you want to colour subsequent lines according to this colour).

Example

local replaced = ansi2decho('\27[0;1;36;40mYou say in a baritone voice, "Test."\27[0;37;40m')
-- 'replaced' should now contain <r><0,255,255:0,0,0>You say in a baritone voice, "Test."<r><192,192,192:0,0,0>
decho(replaced)

Or show a complete colourful squirrel! It's a lotta code to do all the colours, so click the Expand button on the right to show it:

decho(ansi2decho([[
                                                  �[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;130m▄▄▄�[38;5;95m█�[49m▀�[0m    �[0m
╭───────────────────────╮          �[38;5;95m▄▄�[0m          �[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;130m▄▄�[48;5;130m█�[38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137;38;5;95m▄�[49m▀�[0m      �[0m
│                       │         �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄▄▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄▄▄�[49;38;5;95m▄▄�[48;5;95;38;5;130m▄�[48;5;130m███�[38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m█�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m       �[0m
│  Encrypt everything!  │       �[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;187;38;5;16m▄�[48;5;16;38;5;187m▄�[38;5;16m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[38;5;187m▄�[38;5;16m▄▄�[38;5;137m██�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m█████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m       �[0m
│                       ├────  �[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;16m▄▄▄�[48;5;137m███�[48;5;16;38;5;16m█�[48;5;187m▄�[48;5;16m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m█�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m██████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m      �[0m
╰───────────────────────╯      �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██�[48;5;16m▄�[38;5;16m█�[38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m██████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m██████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄�[0m    �[0m
                                �[38;5;95m▀�[48;5;137m▄�[38;5;137m███████�[38;5;95m▄�[49m▀�[0m �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m██████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄�[0m   �[0m
                                  �[48;5;95;38;5;187m▄▄▄�[38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m██�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m    �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m███████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄�[0m  �[0m
                                 �[38;5;187m▄�[48;5;187m███�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m   �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m█████████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[0m
                                �[38;5;187m▄�[48;5;187m███�[38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m█�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄�[0m  �[38;5;95m▀�[48;5;130m▄�[38;5;130m███████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m�[0m
                               �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;187;38;5;187m████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██�[48;5;95m▄�[48;5;137;38;5;95m▄�[38;5;137m██�[38;5;95m▄�[38;5;137m█�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄�[0m �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m███████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m�[0m
                              �[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;187;38;5;187m████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██�[48;5;95m▄�[49;38;5;95m▄�[0m �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m██████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m�[0m
                           �[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95m██�[48;5;137m▄▄�[48;5;187;38;5;187m████�[48;5;137;38;5;95m▄▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m█�[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m██████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m�[0m
                                �[48;5;187;38;5;187m███�[48;5;95m▄�[38;5;137m▄▄▄▄�[48;5;137m██████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[49m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;130m▄�[48;5;130m██████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m███�[38;5;95m▄�[49m▀�[0m�[0m
                                �[48;5;187;38;5;95m▄�[38;5;187m████�[48;5;137;38;5;137m█�[38;5;95m▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m█████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;130;38;5;130m███████�[38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m �[0m
                                �[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;187;38;5;137m▄�[38;5;187m███�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[48;5;137;38;5;137m██████�[48;5;95m▄▄�[48;5;130m▄▄▄▄▄�[48;5;137m██████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m  �[0m
                              �[38;5;95m▄▄▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;187m▄�[38;5;187m██�[48;5;95m▄�[48;5;137;38;5;95m▄�[38;5;137m█████�[38;5;95m▄�[38;5;137m███████████�[48;5;95;38;5;95m█�[0m   �[0m
                            �[38;5;95m▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀�[48;5;187m▄▄▄�[48;5;95;38;5;137m▄�[48;5;137m██�[38;5;95m▄�[49m▀�[0m �[38;5;95m▀▀�[48;5;137m▄▄▄▄▄▄�[49m▀▀▀�[0m    �[0m
                                  �[38;5;95m▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀�[0m                 �[0m
                                                                    ]]))

Note:

Available in Mudlet 3.0+

appendBuffer

appendBuffer(name): Pastes the previously copied rich text (including text formats like color etc.) into user window name.; See also: selectCurrentLine(), copy(), paste()

Parameters

name:

The name of the user window to paste into. Passed as a string.

Example

--selects and copies an entire line to user window named "Chat"
selectCurrentLine()
copy()
appendBuffer("Chat")

bg

bg([window, ]colorName): Changes the background color of the text. Useful for highlighting text.; See Also: fg(), setBgColor()

Parameters

window:

The miniconsole to operate on - optional. If you'd like it to work on the main window, don't specify anything, or use main (since Mudlet 3.0).

colorName:

The name of the color to set the background to.

Example

--This would change the background color of the text on the current line to magenta
selectCurrentLine()
bg("magenta")

-- or echo text with a green background to a miniconsole
bg("my window", "green")
echo("my window", "some green text\n")

calcFontSize

calcFontSize(window_or_fontsize, [fontname]): Returns the average height and width of characters in a particular window, or a font name and size combination. Helpful if you want to size a miniconsole to specific dimensions.; Returns two numbers, width/height; See also: setMiniConsoleFontSize(), getMainWindowSize()

Parameters

window_or_fontsize:

The miniconsole or font size you are wanting to calculate pixel sizes for.

fontname:

Specific font name (along with the size as the first argument) to calculate for.

Note: Window as an argument is available in Mudlet 3.10+, and font name in Mudlet 4.1+.

Example

--this snippet will calculate how wide and tall a miniconsole designed to hold 4 lines of text 20 characters wide
--would need to be at 9 point font, and then changes miniconsole Chat to be that size
local width,height = calcFontSize(9)
width = width * 20
height = height * 4
resizeWindow("Chat", width, height)

cecho

cecho([window], text): Echoes text that can be easily formatted with colour tags. You can also include unicode art in it - try some examples from 1lineart.; See also: decho(), hecho(), creplaceLine()

Parameters

window:

Optional - the window name to echo to - can either be none or "main" for the main window, or the miniconsoles name.

text:

The text to display, with color names inside angle brackets <>, ie <red>. If you'd like to use a background color, put it after a colon : - <:red>. You can use the <reset> tag to reset to the default color. You can select any from this list:

Example

cecho("Hi! This text is <red>red, <blue>blue, <green> and green.")

cecho("<:green>Green background on normal foreground. Here we add an <ivory>ivory foreground.")

cecho("<blue:yellow>Blue on yellow text!")

cecho("myinfo", "<green>All of this text is green in the myinfo miniconsole.")

cecho("<green>(╯°□°）<dark_green>╯︵ ┻━┻")

cecho("°º¤ø,¸¸,ø¤º°`°º¤ø,¸,ø¤°º¤ø,¸¸,ø¤º°`°º¤ø,¸")

cecho([[
 ██╗    ██╗     ██╗███╗   ██╗███████╗     █████╗ ██████╗ ████████╗
███║    ██║     ██║████╗  ██║██╔════╝    ██╔══██╗██╔══██╗╚══██╔══╝
╚██║    ██║     ██║██╔██╗ ██║█████╗      ███████║██████╔╝   ██║
 ██║    ██║     ██║██║╚██╗██║██╔══╝      ██╔══██║██╔══██╗   ██║
 ██║    ███████╗██║██║ ╚████║███████╗    ██║  ██║██║  ██║   ██║
 ╚═╝    ╚══════╝╚═╝╚═╝  ╚═══╝╚══════╝    ╚═╝  ╚═╝╚═╝  ╚═╝   ╚═╝
]])

cechoLink

cechoLink([windowName], text, command, hint, true): Echos a piece of text as a clickable link, at the end of the current selected line - similar to cecho(). This version allows you to use colours within your link text.

See also: echoLink(), dechoLink(), hechoLink()

Parameters

windowName:

optional parameter, allows selection between sending the link to a miniconsole or the main window.

text:

text to display in the echo. Same as a normal cecho().

command:

lua code to do when the link is clicked.

hint:

text for the tooltip to be displayed when the mouse is over the link.

true:

requires argument for the colouring to work.

Example

-- echo a link named 'press me!' that'll send the 'hi' command to the game
cechoLink("<red>press <brown:white>me!", [[send("hi")]], "This is a tooltip", true)

cechoPopup

cechoPopup([windowName], text, {commands}, {hints}, [useCurrentFormatElseDefault]): Creates text with a left-clickable link, and a right-click menu for more options at the end of the current line, like cecho(). The added text, upon being left-clicked, will do the first command in the list. Upon being right-clicked, it'll display a menu with all possible commands. The menu will be populated with hints, one for each line.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window to echo to. Use either main or omit for the main window, or the miniconsoles name otherwise.

text:

the text to display

{commands}:

a table of lua code strings to do. ie, {[[send("hello")]], [[echo("hi!"]]}

{hints}:

a table of strings which will be shown on the popup and right-click menu. ie, {"send the hi command", "echo hi to yourself"}

useCurrentFormatElseDefault:

(optional) a boolean value for using either the current formatting options (colour, underline, italic) or the link default (blue underline).

Example

-- Create some text as a clickable with a popup menu:
cechoPopup("<red>activities<reset> to do", {[[send "sleep"]], [[send "sit"]], [[send "stand"]]}, {"sleep", "sit", "stand"}, true)

Note: Available in Mudlet 4.1+

cinsertLink

cinsertLink([windowName], text, command, hint, true): Echos a piece of text as a clickable link, at the end of the current cursor position - similar to cinsertText(). This version allows you to use colours within your link text.

cinsertPopup

cinsertPopup([windowName], text, {commands}, {hints}, [useCurrentFormatElseDefault]): Creates text with a left-clickable link, and a right-click menu for more options at the end of the current cursor position, like cinsertText(). The added text, upon being left-clicked, will do the first command in the list. Upon being right-clicked, it'll display a menu with all possible commands. The menu will be populated with hints, one for each line.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window to echo to. Use either main or omit for the main window, or the miniconsoles name otherwise.

text:

the text to display

{commands}:

a table of lua code strings to do. ie, {[[send("hello")]], [[echo("hi!"]]}

{hints}:

a table of strings which will be shown on the popup and right-click menu. ie, {"send the hi command", "echo hi to yourself"}

useCurrentFormatElseDefault:

(optional) a boolean value for using either the current formatting options (colour, underline, italic) or the link default (blue underline).

Example

-- Create some text as a clickable with a popup menu:
cinsertPopup("<red>activities<reset> to do", {[[send "sleep"]], [[send "sit"]], [[send "stand"]]}, {"sleep", "sit", "stand"}, true)

Note: Available in Mudlet 4.1+

cinsertText

cinsertText([window], text): inserts text at the current cursor position, with the possibility for color tags.; See Also: cecho(), creplaceLine()

Parameters

window:

Optional - the window name to echo to - can either be none or "main" for the main window, or the miniconsoles name.

text:

The text to display, with color names inside angle brackets <>, ie <red>. If you'd like to use a background color, put it after a double colon : - <:red>. You can use the <reset> tag to reset to the default color. You can select any from this list:

Example

cinsertText("Hi! This text is <red>red, <blue>blue, <green> and green.")

cinsertText("<:green>Green background on normal foreground. Here we add an <ivory>ivory foreground.")

cinsertText("<blue:yellow>Blue on yellow text!")

cinsertText("myinfo", "<green>All of this text is green in the myinfo miniconsole.")

clearUserWindow

clearUserWindow(name): This is (now) identical to clearWindow().

clearWindow

clearWindow([windowName]): Clears the label, mini console, or user window with the name given as argument (removes all text from it). If you don't give it a name, it will clear the main window (starting with Mudlet 2.0-test3+)

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) The name of the label, mini console, or user window to clear. Passed as a string.

Example

--This would clear a label, user window, or miniconsole with the name "Chat"
clearWindow("Chat")

-- this can clear your whole main window - needs Mudlet version >= 2.0
clearWindow()

copy

copy([windowName]): Copies the current selection to the lua virtual clipboard. This function operates on rich text, i. e. the selected text including all its format codes like colors, fonts etc. in the lua virtual clipboard until it gets overwritten by another copy operation.; See also: selectString(), selectCurrentLine(), paste(), appendBuffer(), replace(), createMiniConsole(), openUserWindow()

Parameters

windowName (optional):

the window from which to copy text - use the main console if not specified.

Example

-- This script copies the current line on the main screen to a window (miniconsole or userwindow) called 'chat' and gags the output on the main screen.
selectString(line, 1)
copy()
appendBuffer("chat")
replace("This line has been moved to the chat window!")

createBuffer

createBuffer(name): Creates a named buffer for formatted text, much like a miniconsole, but the buffer is not intended to be shown on the screen - use it for formatting text or storing formatted text.

Parameters

name:

The name of the buffer to create.

Example

--This creates a named buffer called "scratchpad"
createBuffer("scratchpad")

createButton

A similar function to createLabel() that is old and outdated - use createLabel() instead.

createConsole

createConsole(consoleName, fontSize, charsPerLine, numberOfLines, Xpos, Ypos): Makes a new miniconsole which can be sized based upon the width of a 'W' character and the extreme top and bottom positions any character of the font should use. The background will be black, and the text color white.

Parameters

consoleName:

The name of your new miniconsole. Passed as a string.

fontSize:

The font size to use for the miniconsole. Passed as an integer number.

charsPerLine:

How many characters wide to make the miniconsole. Passed as an integer number.

numberOfLines:

How many lines high to make the miniconsole. Passed as an integer number.

Xpos:

X position of miniconsole. Measured in pixels, with 0 being the very left. Passed as an integer number.

Ypos:

Y position of miniconsole. Measured in pixels, with 0 being the very top. Passed as an integer number.

Example

-- this will create a console with the name of "myConsoleWindow", font size 8, 80 characters wide,
-- 20 lines high, at coordinates 300x,400y
createConsole("myConsoleWindow", 8, 80, 20, 200, 400)

Note:

(For Mudlet Makers) This function is implemented outside the application's core via the GUIUtils.lua file of the Mudlet supporting Lua code using createMiniConsole() and other functions to position and size the mini-console and configure the font.

createGauge

createGauge(name, width, height, Xpos, Ypos, gaugeText, r, g, b, orientation)
createGauge(name, width, height, Xpos, Ypos, gaugeText, colorName, orientation): Creates a gauge that you can use to express completion with. For example, you can use this as your healthbar or xpbar.; See also: moveGauge(), setGauge(), setGaugeText(), setGaugeStyleSheet()

Parameters

name:

The name of the gauge. Must be unique, you can not have two or more gauges with the same name. Passed as a string.

width:

The width of the gauge, in pixels. Passed as an integer number.

height:

The height of the gauge, in pixels. Passed as an integer number.

Xpos:

X position of gauge. Measured in pixels, with 0 being the very left. Passed as an integer number.

Ypos:

Y position of gauge. Measured in pixels, with 0 being the very top. Passed as an integer number.

gaugeText:

Text to display on the gauge. Passed as a string, unless you do not wish to have any text, in which case you pass nil

r:

The red component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255

g:

The green component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255

b:

The blue component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255

colorName:

the name of color for the gauge. Passed as a string.

orientation:

the gauge orientation. Can be horizontal, vertical, goofy, or batty.

Example

-- This would make a gauge at that's 300px width, 20px in height, located at Xpos and Ypos and is green.
-- The second example is using the same names you'd use for something like [[fg]]() or [[bg]]().
createGauge("healthBar", 300, 20, 30, 300, nil, 0, 255, 0)
createGauge("healthBar", 300, 20, 30, 300, nil, "green")


-- If you wish to have some text on your label, you'll change the nil part and make it look like this:
createGauge("healthBar", 300, 20, 30, 300, "Now with some text", 0, 255, 0)
-- or
createGauge("healthBar", 300, 20, 30, 300, "Now with some text", "green")

Note:

If you want to put text on the back of the gauge when it's low, use an echo with the <gauge name>_back.

echo("healthBar_back", "This is a test of putting text on the back of the gauge!")

createLabel

createLabel(name, Xpos, Ypos, width, height, fillBackground): Creates a highly manipulable overlay which can take some css and html code for text formatting. Labels are clickable, and as such can be used as a sort of button. Labels are meant for small variable or prompt displays, messages, images, and the like. You should not use them for larger text displays or things which will be updated rapidly and in high volume, as they are much slower than miniconsoles.; Returns true or false.; See also: hideWindow(), showWindow(), resizeWindow(), setLabelClickCallback(), setTextFormat(), getTextFormat(), moveWindow(), setBackgroundColor(), getMainWindowSize(), calcFontSize()

Parameters

name:

The name of the label. Must be unique, you can not have two or more labels with the same name. Passed as a string.

Xpos:

X position of the label. Measured in pixels, with 0 being the very left. Passed as an integer number.

Ypos:

Y position of the label. Measured in pixels, with 0 being the very top. Passed as an integer number.

width:

The width of the label, in pixels. Passed as an integer number.

height:

The height of the label, in pixels. Passed as an integer number.

fillBackground:

Whether or not to display the background. Passed as either 1 or 0. 1 will display the background color, 0 will not.

Example

-- a label situated at x=300 y-400 with dimensions 100x200
createLabel("a very basic label",300,400,100,200,1)

-- this example creates a transparent overlay message box to show a big warning message "You are under attack!" in the middle
-- of the screen. Because the background color has a transparency level of 150 (0-255, with 0 being completely transparent
-- and 255 opaque) the background text can still be read through.
local width, height = getMainWindowSize()
createLabel("messageBox",(width/2)-300,(height/2)-100,250,150,1)
resizeWindow("messageBox",500,70)
moveWindow("messageBox", (width/2)-300,(height/2)-100 )
setBackgroundColor("messageBox", 255, 204, 0, 200)
echo("messageBox", [[<p style="font-size:35px"><b><center><font color="red">You are under attack!</font></center></b></p>]])

-- you can also make it react to clicks!
mynamespace = {
  messageBoxClicked = function()
    echo("hey you've clicked the box!\n")
  end
}

setLabelClickCallback("messageBox", "mynamespace.messageBoxClicked")


-- uncomment code below to make it also hide after a short while
-- tempTimer(2.3, [[hideWindow("messageBox")]] ) -- close the warning message box after 2.3 seconds

createMiniConsole

createMiniConsole(name, x, y, width, height): Opens a miniconsole window inside the main window of Mudlet. This is the ideal fast colored text display for everything that requires a bit more text, such as status screens, chat windows, etc. Unlike labels, you cannot have transparency in them.; You can use clearWindow() / moveCursor() and other functions for this window for custom printing as well as copy & paste functions for colored text copies from the main window. setWindowWrap() will allow you to set word wrapping, and move the main window to make room for miniconsole windows on your screen (if you want to do this as you can also layer mini console and label windows) see setBorderSizes(), setBorderColor() functions.

Returns true or false.

Parameters

name:

The name of the miniconsole. Must be unique. Passed as a string.

x, y, width, height

Parameters to set set the window size and location - in 2.1 and below it's best to set them via moveWindow() and resizeWindow(), as createMiniConsole() will only set them once. Starting with 3.0, however, that is fine and calling createMiniConsole() will re-position your miniconsole appropriately.

Example

creplaceLine

creplaceLine (text): Replaces the output line from the MUD with a colour-tagged string.

decho

decho ([name of console,] text): Color changes can be made using the format <FR,FG,FB:BR,BG,BB> where each field is a number from 0 to 255. The background portion can be omitted using <FR,FG,FB> or the foreground portion can be omitted using <:BR,BG,BB>. Arguments 2 and 3 set the default fore and background colors for the string using the same format as is used within the string, sans angle brackets, e.g. decho("<50,50,0:0,255,0>test").

Parameters

name of console

(Optional) Name of the console to echo to. If no name is given, this will defaults to the main window.

text:

The text that you’d like to echo with embedded color tags. Tags take the RGB values only, see below for an explanation.

Example

decho("<50,50,0:0,255,0>test")

decho("miniconsolename", "<50,50,0:0,255,0>test")

dechoLink

dechoLink([windowName], text, command, hint, true): Echos a piece of text as a clickable link, at the end of the current selected line - similar to decho(). This version allows you to use colours within your link text.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) allows selection between sending the link to a miniconsole or the "main" window.

text:

text to display in the echo. Same as a normal decho().

command:

lua code to do when the link is clicked.

hint:

text for the tooltip to be displayed when the mouse is over the link.

true:

requires argument for the colouring to work.

Example

-- echo a link named 'press me!' that'll send the 'hi' command to the game
dechoLink("<50,50,0:0,255,0>press me!", [[send("hi")]], "This is a tooltip", true)

dechoPopup

dechoPopup([windowName], text, {commands}, {hints}, [useCurrentFormatElseDefault]): Creates text with a left-clickable link, and a right-click menu for more options at the end of the current line, like decho(). The added text, upon being left-clicked, will do the first command in the list. Upon being right-clicked, it'll display a menu with all possible commands. The menu will be populated with hints, one for each line.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window to echo to. Use either main or omit for the main window, or the miniconsoles name otherwise.

text:

the text to display

{commands}:

a table of lua code strings to do. ie, {[[send("hello")]], [[echo("hi!"]]}

{hints}:

a table of strings which will be shown on the popup and right-click menu. ie, {"send the hi command", "echo hi to yourself"}

useCurrentFormatElseDefault:

(optional) a boolean value for using either the current formatting options (colour, underline, italic) or the link default (blue underline).

Example

-- Create some text as a clickable with a popup menu:
dechoPopup("<255,0,0>activities<r> to do", {[[send "sleep"]], [[send "sit"]], [[send "stand"]]}, {"sleep", "sit", "stand"}, true)

Note: Available in Mudlet 4.1+

dinsertLink

dinsertLink([windowName], text, command, hint, true): Echos a piece of text as a clickable link, at the end of the current cursor position - similar to dinsertText(). This version allows you to use colours within your link text.

dinsertPopup

dinsertPopup([windowName], text, {commands}, {hints}, [useCurrentFormatElseDefault]): Creates text with a left-clickable link, and a right-click menu for more options at the end of the current cursor position, like dinsertText(). The added text, upon being left-clicked, will do the first command in the list. Upon being right-clicked, it'll display a menu with all possible commands. The menu will be populated with hints, one for each line.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window to echo to. Use either main or omit for the main window, or the miniconsoles name otherwise.

text:

the text to display

{commands}:

a table of lua code strings to do. ie, {[[send("hello")]], [[echo("hi!"]]}

{hints}:

a table of strings which will be shown on the popup and right-click menu. ie, {"send the hi command", "echo hi to yourself"}

useCurrentFormatElseDefault:

(optional) a boolean value for using either the current formatting options (colour, underline, italic) or the link default (blue underline).

Example

-- Create some text as a clickable with a popup menu:
dinsertPopup("<255,0,0>activities<r> to do", {[[send "sleep"]], [[send "sit"]], [[send "stand"]]}, {"sleep", "sit", "stand"}, true)

Note: Available in Mudlet 4.1+

deleteLine

deleteLine([windowName]): Deletes the current line under the user cursor. This is a high speed gagging tool and is very good at this task, but is only meant to be use when a line should be omitted entirely in the output. If you echo() to that line it will not be shown, and lines deleted with deleteLine() are simply no longer rendered. This is purely visual - triggers will still fire on the line as expected.; See also: replace(), wrapLine()

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window to delete the line in. If no name is given, it just deletes the line it is used on.

Note: for replacing text, replace() is the proper option; doing the following: selectCurrentLine(); replace(""); cecho("new line!\n") is better.

Example

-- deletes the line - just put this command into the big script box. Keep the case the same -
-- it has to be deleteLine(), not Deleteline(), deleteline() or anything else
deleteLine()

--This example creates a temporary line trigger to test if the next line is a prompt, and if so gags it entirely.
--This can be useful for keeping a pile of prompts from forming if you're gagging chat channels in the main window
--Note: isPrompt() only works on servers which send a GA signal with their prompt.
tempLineTrigger(1, 1, [[if isPrompt() then deleteLine() end]])

-- example of deleting multiple lines:
deleteLine()                            -- delete the current line
moveCursor(0,getLineNumber()-1)         -- move the cursor back one line
deleteLine()                            -- delete the previous line now

deselect

deselect([window name]): This is used to clear the current selection (to no longer have anything selected). Should be used after changing the formatting of text, to keep from accidentally changing the text again later with another formatting call.; See also: selectString(), selectCurrentLine()

Parameters

window name:

(optional) The name of the window to stop having anything selected in. If name is not provided the main window will have its selection cleared.

Example

--This will change the background on an entire line in the main window to red, and then properly clear the selection to keep further
--changes from effecting this line as well.
selectCurrentLine()
bg("red")
deselect()

disableClickthrough

disableClickthrough(label): Disables clickthrough for a label - making it act 'normal' again and receive clicks, doubleclicks, onEnter, and onLeave events. This is the default behaviour for labels.; See also: enableClickthrough()

Parameters

label:

Name of the label to restore clickability on.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17

disableScrollBar

disableScrollBar(windowName): Disables the scroll bar for the miniConsole named windowName; See Also: enableScrollBar()

Parameters

windowName:

The name of the window to disable the scroll bar in.

echoLink

echoLink([windowName], text, command, hint, [useCurrentFormatElseDefault]): Echos a piece of text as a clickable link, at the end of the current selected line - similar to echo().

echoUserWindow

echoUserWindow(windowName): This function will print text to both mini console windows, dock windows and labels. It is outdated however - echo() instead.

echoPopup

echoPopup([windowName], text, {commands}, {hints}, [useCurrentFormatElseDefault]): Creates text with a left-clickable link, and a right-click menu for more options at the end of the current line, like echo. The added text, upon being left-clicked, will do the first command in the list. Upon being right-clicked, it'll display a menu with all possible commands. The menu will be populated with hints, one for each line.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window to echo to. Use either main or omit for the main window, or the miniconsoles name otherwise.

text:

the text to display

{commands}:

a table of lua code strings to do. ie, {[[send("hello")]], [[echo("hi!"]]}

{hints}:

a table of strings which will be shown on the popup and right-click menu. ie, {"send the hi command", "echo hi to yourself"}

useCurrentFormatElseDefault:

(optional) a boolean value for using either the current formatting options (colour, underline, italic) or the link default (blue underline).

Example

-- Create some text as a clickable with a popup menu:
echoPopup("activities to do", {[[send "sleep"]], [[send "sit"]], [[send "stand"]]}, {"sleep", "sit", "stand"})

enableClickthrough

enableClickthrough(label): Make a label 'invisible' to clicks - so if you have another label underneath, it'll be clicked on instead of this one on top.; This affects clicks, double-clicks, right-clicks, as well as the onEnter/onLeave events.; See also: disableClickthrough()

Parameters

label:

The name of the label to enable clickthrough on.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17

enableScrollBar

enableScrollBar(windowName): Enables the scrollbar for the miniConsole named windowName.; See Also: disableScrollBar()

Parameters

windowName:

The name of the window to enable the scroll bar in.

fg

fg([window], colorName): If used on a selection, sets the foreground color to colorName - otherwise, it will set the color of the next text-inserting calls (echo(), insertText, echoLink(), and others); See Also: bg(), setBgColor()

Parameters

window:

(optional) name of the miniconsole to operate on. If you'd like it to work on the main window, don't specify anything or use main (since Mudlet 3.0).

colorName:

The name of the color to set the foreground to - list of possible names:

Example

--This would change the color of the text on the current line to green
selectCurrentLine()
fg("green")
resetFormat()

--This will echo red, green, blue in their respective colors
fg("red")
echo("red ")
fg("green")
echo("green ")
fg("blue")
echo("blue ")
resetFormat()

-- example of working on a miniconsole
fg("my console", "red")
echo("my console", "red text")

getAvailableFonts

fonts = getAvailableFonts(): This returns a "font - true" key-value list of available fonts which you can use to verify that Mudlet has access to a given font.; To install a new font with your package, include the font file in your zip/mpackage and it'll be automatically installed for you.

getBgColor

r, g, b = getBgColor(windowName): This function returns the rgb values of the background color of the first character of the current selection on mini console (window) windowName. If windowName is omitted Mudlet will use the main screen.

getBorderBottom

getBorderBottom(): Returns the size of the bottom border of the main window in pixels.; See also: getBorderSizes(), setBorderBottom()

Note: Available since Mudlet 4.0

Example

setBorderBottom(150)
getBorderBottom()
-- returns: 150

getBorderLeft

getBorderLeft(): Returns the size of the left border of the main window in pixels.; See also: getBorderSizes(), setBorderLeft()

Note: Available since Mudlet 4.0

Example

setBorderLeft(5)
getBorderLeft()
-- returns: 5

getBorderRight

getBorderRight(): Returns the size of the right border of the main window in pixels.; See also: getBorderSizes(), setBorderRight()

Note: Available since Mudlet 4.0

Example

setBorderRight(50)
getBorderRight()
-- returns: 50

getBorderSizes

getBorderSizes(): Returns the a named table with the sizes of all borders of the main window in pixels.; See also: setBorderSizes(), getBorderTop(), getBorderRight(),getBorderBottom(), getBorderLeft()

Note: Available since Mudlet 4.0

Example

setBorderSizes(100, 50, 150, 0)
getBorderSizes()
-- returns: { top = 100, right = 50, bottom = 150, left = 0 }
getBorderSizes().right
-- returns: 50

getBorderTop

getBorderTop(): Returns the size of the top border of the main window in pixels.; See also: getBorderSizes(), setBorderTop()

Note: Available since Mudlet 4.0

Example

setBorderTop(100)
getBorderTop()
-- returns: 100

getColorWildcard

AnsiNumber = getColorWildcard(ansi color number): This function, given an ANSI color number (list), will return all strings on the current line that match it.

See also: isAnsiFgColor(), isAnsiBgColor()

Parameters

ansi color number:

A color number (list) to match.

Example

-- we can run this script on a line that has the players name coloured differently to easily capture it from
-- anywhere on the line
local match = getColorWildcard(14)

if match then
  echo("\nFound "..match.."!")
else
  echo("\nDidn't find anyone.")
end

getColumnCount

columns = getColumnCount([windowName]): Gets the maximum number of columns (characters) that a given window can display on a single row, taking into consideration factors such as window width, font size, spacing, etc.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window whose number of columns we want to calculate. By default it operates on the main window.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.7.0

Example

print("Maximum number of columns on the main window "..getColumnCount())

getColumnNumber

column = getColumnNumber([windowName]): Gets the absolute column number of the current user cursor.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) either be none or "main" for the main console, or a miniconsole / userwindow name.

Note: the argument is available since Mudlet 3.0.

Example

HelloWorld = Geyser.MiniConsole:new({
  name="HelloWorld",
  x="70%", y="50%",
  width="30%", height="50%",
})

HelloWorld:echo("hello!\n")
HelloWorld:echo("hello!\n")
HelloWorld:echo("hello!\n")

moveCursor("HelloWorld", 3, getLastLineNumber("HelloWorld"))
-- should say 3, because we moved the cursor in the HellWorld window to the 3rd position in the line
print("getColumnNumber: "..tostring(getColumnNumber("HelloWorld")))

moveCursor("HelloWorld", 1, getLastLineNumber("HelloWorld"))
-- should say 3, because we moved the cursor in the HellWorld window to the 1st position in the line
print("getColumnNumber: "..tostring(getColumnNumber("HelloWorld")))

getCurrentLine

content = getCurrentLine(): Returns the content of the current line under the user cursor in the buffer. The Lua variable line holds the content of getCurrentLine() before any triggers have been run on this line. When triggers change the content of the buffer, the variable line will not be adjusted and thus hold an outdated string. line = getCurrentLine() will update line to the real content of the current buffer. This is important if you want to copy the current line after it has been changed by some triggers. selectString( line,1 ) will return false and won't select anything because line no longer equals getCurrentLine(). Consequently, selectString( getCurrentLine(), 1 ) is what you need.

Example

print("Currently selected line: "..getCurrentLine())

getFgColor

r, g, b = getFgColor(windowName): This function returns the rgb values of the color of the first character of the current selection on mini console (window) windowName. If windowName is omitted Mudlet will use the main screen.

Parameters

windowName:

A window to operate on - either a miniconsole or the main window.

Example

selectString("troll",1)
local r,g,b = getFgColor()
if r == 255 and g == 0 and b == 0 then
  echo("HELP! troll is written in red letters, the monster is aggressive!\n");
end

getFont

font = getFont(windowName): Gets the current font of the given window or console name. Can be used to get font of the main console, dockable userwindows and miniconsoles.; See also: setFont(), setFontSize(), openUserWindow(), getAvailableFonts()

Parameters

windowName:

The window name to get font size of - can either be none or "main" for the main console, or a miniconsole/userwindow name.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.4+. Since Mudlet 3.10, returns the actual font that was used in case you didn't have the required font when using setFont().

Example

-- The following will get the "main" console font size.
display("Font in the main window: "..getFont())

display("Font in the main window: "..getFont("main"))

-- This will get the font size of a user window named "user window awesome".
display("Font size: " .. getFont("user window awesome"))

getFontSize

size = getFontSize(windowName): Gets the current font size of the given window or console name. Can be used to get font size of the Main console as well as dockable UserWindows.; See Also: setFontSize(), openUserWindow()

Parameters

windowName:

The window name to get font size of - can either be none or "main" for the main console, or a UserWindow name.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.4+

Example

-- The following will get the "main" console font size.
local mainWindowFontSize = getFontSize()
if mainWindowFontSize then
    display("Font size: " .. mainWindowFontSize)
end

local mainWindowFontSize = getFontSize("main")
if mainWindowFontSize then
    display("Font size: " .. fs2)
end

-- This will get the font size of a user window named "user window awesome".
local awesomeWindowFontSize = getFontSize("user window awesome")
if awesomeWindowFontSize then
    display("Font size: " .. awesomeWindowFontSize)
end

getLastLineNumber

line = getLastLineNumber(windowName): Returns the latest line's number in the main window or the miniconsole. This could be different from getLineNumber() if the cursor was moved around.

Parameters

windowName:

name of the window to use. Either use main for the main window, or the name of the miniconsole.

Example

-- get the latest line's # in the buffer
local latestline = getLastLineNumber("main")

getLineCount

amount = getLineCount(): Gets the absolute amount of lines in the current console buffer

Parameters: None

Example

Need example

getLines

contents = getLines([windowName,] from_line_number, to_line_number): Returns a section of the content of the screen text buffer. Returns a Lua table with the content of the lines on a per line basis. The form value is result = {relative_linenumber = line}.

Absolute line numbers are used.

Parameters

windowName

(optional) name of the miniconsole/userwindow to get lines for, or "main" for the main window (Mudlet 3.17+)

from_line_number:

First line number

to_line_number:

End line number

Example

-- retrieve & echo the last line:
echo(getLines(getLineNumber()-1, getLineNumber())[1])

-- find out which server and port you are connected to (as per Mudlet settings dialog):
local t = getLines(0, getLineNumber())

local server, port

for i = 1, #t do
  local s, p = t[i]:match("looking up the IP address of server:(.-):(%d+)")
  if s then server, port = s, p break end
end

display(server)
display(port)

getLineNumber

line = getLineNumber([windowName]): Returns the absolute line number of the current user cursor (the y position). The cursor by default is on the current line the triggers are processing - which you can move around with moveCursor() and moveCursorEnd(). This function can come in handy in combination when using with moveCursor() and getLines().

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the miniconsole to operate on. If you'd like it to work on the main window, don't specify anything.

Note: The argument is available since Mudlet 3.0.

Example

-- use getLines() in conjuction with getLineNumber() to check if the previous line has a certain word
if getLines(getLineNumber()-1, getLineNumber())[1]:find("attacks") then echo("previous line had the word 'attacks' in it!\n") end

-- check how many lines you've got in your miniconsole after echoing some text.
-- Note the use of moveCursorEnd() to update getLineNumber()'s output
HelloWorld = Geyser.MiniConsole:new({
  name="HelloWorld",
  x="70%", y="50%",
  width="30%", height="50%",
})

print(getLineNumber("HelloWorld"))

HelloWorld:echo("hello!\n")
HelloWorld:echo("hello!\n")
HelloWorld:echo("hello!\n")

-- update the cursors position, as it seems to be necessary to do
moveCursorEnd("HelloWorld")
print(getLineNumber("HelloWorld"))

getMainConsoleWidth

width = getMainConsoleWidth(): Returns a single number; the width of the main console (game output) in pixels. This also accounts for any borders that have been set.

getMousePosition

x, y = getMousePosition(): Returns the coordinates of the mouse's position, relative to the Mudlet window itself.

Parameters: None

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.1+

Example

-- Retrieve x and y position of the mouse to determine where to create a new label, then use that position to create a new label
local x, y = getMousePosition()
createLabel("clickGeneratedLabel", x, y, 100, 100, 1)
-- if the label already exists, just move it
moveWindow("clickGeneratedLabel", x, y)
-- and make it easier to notice
setBackgroundColor("clickGeneratedLabel", 255, 204, 0, 200)

getMainWindowSize

width, height = getMainWindowSize(): Returns two numbers, the width and height in pixels. This is useful for calculating the window dimensions and placement of custom GUI toolkit items like labels, buttons, mini consoles etc.; See also: setMainWindowSize(), getMainConsoleWidth()

Parameters: None

Example

--this will get the size of your main mudlet window and save them
--into the variables mainHeight and mainWidth
mainWidth, mainHeight = getMainWindowSize()

getRowCount

rows = getRowCount([windowName]): Gets the maximum number of rows that a given window can display at once, taking into consideration factors such as window height, font type, spacing, etc.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window whose maximum number of rows we want to calculate. By default it operates on the main window.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.7.0

Example

print("Maximum of rows on the main window "..getRowCount())

getSelection

text, start, length = getSelection([windowName]): Returns the text currently selected with selectString(), selectSection(), or selectCurrentLine(). Note that this isn't the text currently selected with the mouse.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window to get the selection from. By default it operates on the main window.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.16.0

Example

selectCurrentLine()
print("Current selection is: "..getSelection())

getTextFormat

getTextFormat([windowName]): Gets the current text format of the currently selected text. May be used with other console windows. The returned values come in a table containing text attribute names and their values. The values given will be booleans for: bold, italics, underline, overline, strikeout, and reverse - followed by color triplet tables for the foreground and background colors.; See Also: setTextFormat()

Parameters

windowName

(optional) Specify name of selected window. If no name or "main" is given, the format will be gathered from the main console.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.20.

Example

-- A suitable test for getTextFormat()
-- (copy it into an alias or a script)

clearWindow()

echo("\n")

local SGR = string.char(27)..'['
feedTriggers("Format attributes: '"..SGR.."1mBold"..SGR.."0m' '"..SGR.."3mItalic"..SGR.."0m' '"..SGR.."4mUnderline"..SGR.."0m' '"..SGR.."5mBlink"..SGR.."0m' '"..SGR.."6mF.Blink"..SGR.."0m' '"..SGR.."7mReverse"..SGR.."0m' '"..SGR.."9mStruckout"..SGR.."0m' '"..SGR.."53mOverline"..SGR.."0m'.\n")

moveCursor(1,1)
selectSection(1,1)

local results = getTextFormat()
echo("For first character in test line:\nBold detected: " .. tostring(results["bold"]))
echo("\nItalic detected: " .. tostring(results["italic"]))
echo("\nUnderline detected: " .. tostring(results["underline"]))
echo("\nReverse detected: " .. tostring(results["reverse"]))
echo("\nStrikeout detected: " .. tostring(results["strikeout"]))
echo("\nOverline detected: " .. tostring(results["overline"]))
echo("\nForeground color: (" .. results["foreground"][1] .. ", " .. results["foreground"][2] .. ", " .. results["foreground"][3] .. ")")
echo("\nBackground color: (" .. results["background"][1] .. ", " .. results["background"][2] .. ", " .. results["background"][3] .. ")")

selectSection(21,1)
echo("\n\nFor individual parts of test text:")
echo("\nBold detected (character 21): " .. tostring(results["bold"]))

selectSection(28,1)
echo("\nItalic detected (character 28): " .. tostring(results["italic"]))

selectSection(37,1)
echo("\nUnderline detected (character 37): " .. tostring(results["underline"]))

selectSection(67,1)
echo("\nReverse detected (character 67): " .. tostring(results["reverse"]))

selectSection(77,1)
echo("\nStrikeout detected (character 77): " .. tostring(results["strikeout"]))

selectSection(89,1)
echo("\nOverline detected (character 89): " .. tostring(results["overline"]))
echo("\n")

handleWindowResizeEvent

handleWindowResizeEvent(): (depreciated) This function is depreciated and should not be used; it's only documented here for historical reference - use the sysWindowResizeEvent event instead.

The standard implementation of this function does nothing. However, this function gets called whenever the main window is being manually resized. You can overwrite this function in your own scripts to handle window resize events yourself and e. g. adjust the screen position and size of your mini console windows, labels or other relevant GUI elements in your scripts that depend on the size of the main Window. To override this function you can simply put a function with the same name in one of your scripts thus overwriting the original empty implementation of this.

Parameters: None

Example

function handleWindowResizeEvent()
   -- determine the size of your screen
   WindowWidth=0;
   WindowHeight=0;
   WindowWidth, WindowHeight = getMainWindowSize();

   -- move mini console "sys" to the far right side of the screen whenever the screen gets resized
   moveWindow("sys",WindowWidth-300,0)
end

hasFocus

hasFocus(): Returns true or false depending if Mudlet's main window is currently in focus (ie, the user isn't focused on another window, like a browser). If multiple profiles are loaded, this can also be used to check if a given profile is in focus.

Parameters: None

Example

if attacked and not hasFocus() then
  runaway()
else
  fight()
end

hecho

hecho([windowName], text): Echoes text that can be easily formatted with colour tags in the hexadecimal format.; See Also: decho(), cecho()

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window to echo to. Can either be omitted or "main" for the main window, else specify the miniconsoles name.

text:

The text to display, with color changes made within the string using the format |cFRFGFB,BRBGBB or #cFRFGFB,BRBGBB where FR is the foreground red value, FG is the foreground green value, FB is the foreground blue value, BR is the background red value, etc., BRBGBB is optional. |r or #r can be used within the string to reset the colors to default.

Example

hecho("|ca00040black!")
-- same as above!
hecho("#ca00040black!")

hechoLink

hechoLink([windowName], text, command, hint, true): Echos a piece of text as a clickable link, at the end of the current selected line - similar to hecho(). This version allows you to use colours within your link text.

hechoPopup

hechoPopup([windowName], text, {commands}, {hints}, [useCurrentFormatElseDefault]): Creates text with a left-clickable link, and a right-click menu for more options at the end of the current line, like hecho(). The added text, upon being left-clicked, will do the first command in the list. Upon being right-clicked, it'll display a menu with all possible commands. The menu will be populated with hints, one for each line.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window to echo to. Use either main or omit for the main window, or the miniconsoles name otherwise.

text:

the text to display

{commands}:

a table of lua code strings to do. ie, {[[send("hello")]], [[echo("hi!"]]}

{hints}:

a table of strings which will be shown on the popup and right-click menu. ie, {"send the hi command", "echo hi to yourself"}

useCurrentFormatElseDefault:

(optional) a boolean value for using either the current formatting options (colour, underline, italic) or the link default (blue underline).

Example

-- Create some text as a clickable with a popup menu:
hechoPopup("#ff0000activities#r to do", {[[send "sleep"]], [[send "sit"]], [[send "stand"]]}, {"sleep", "sit", "stand"}, true)

Note: Available in Mudlet 4.1+

hinsertLink

hinsertLink([windowName], text, command, hint, true): Echos a piece of text as a clickable link, at the end of the current cursor position - similar to hinsertText(). This version allows you to use colours within your link text.

hinsertPopup

hinsertPopup([windowName], text, {commands}, {hints}, [useCurrentFormatElseDefault]): Creates text with a left-clickable link, and a right-click menu for more options at the end of the current cursor position, like hinsertText(). The added text, upon being left-clicked, will do the first command in the list. Upon being right-clicked, it'll display a menu with all possible commands. The menu will be populated with hints, one for each line.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window to echo to. Use either main or omit for the main window, or the miniconsoles name otherwise.

text:

the text to display

{commands}:

a table of lua code strings to do. ie, {[[send("hello")]], [[echo("hi!"]]}

{hints}:

a table of strings which will be shown on the popup and right-click menu. ie, {"send the hi command", "echo hi to yourself"}

useCurrentFormatElseDefault:

(optional) a boolean value for using either the current formatting options (colour, underline, italic) or the link default (blue underline).

Example

-- Create some text as a clickable with a popup menu:
hinsertPopup("#ff0000activities#r to do", {[[send "sleep"]], [[send "sit"]], [[send "stand"]]}, {"sleep", "sit", "stand"}, true)

Note: Available in Mudlet 4.1+

hideToolBar

hideToolBar(name): Hides the toolbar with the given name name and makes it disappear. If all toolbars of a tool bar area (top, left, right) are hidden, the entire tool bar area disappears automatically.

Parameters

name:

name of the button group to hide

Example

hideToolBar("my offensive buttons")

hideWindow

hideWindow(name): This function hides a mini console, a user window or a label with the given name. To show it again, use showWindow().

Parameters

name

specifies the label or console you want to hide.

Example

function miniconsoleTest()
  local windowWidth, windowHeight = getMainWindowSize()

  -- create the miniconsole
  createMiniConsole("sys", windowWidth-650,0,650,300)
  setBackgroundColor("sys",255,69,0,255)
  setMiniConsoleFontSize("sys", 8)
  -- wrap lines in window "sys" at 40 characters per line - somewhere halfway, as an example
  setWindowWrap("sys", 40)

  print("created red window top-right")

  tempTimer(1, function()
    hideWindow("sys")
    print("hid red window top-right")
  end)

  tempTimer(3, function()
    showWindow("sys")
    print("showed red window top-right")
  end)
end

miniconsoleTest()

insertLink

insertLink([windowName], text, command, hint, [useCurrentLinkFormat]): Inserts a piece of text as a clickable link at the current cursor position - similar to insertText().

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) the window to insert the link in - use either "main" or omit for the main window.

text:

text to display in the window. Same as a normal echo().

command:

lua code to do when the link is clicked.

hint:

text for the tooltip to be displayed when the mouse is over the link.

useCurrentLinkFormat:

(optional) true or false. If true, then the link will use the current selection style (colors, underline, etc). If missing or false, it will use the default link style - blue on black underlined text.

Example

-- link with the default blue on white colors
insertLink("hey, click me!", [[echo("you clicked me!\n")]], "Click me popup")

-- use current cursor colors by adding true at the end
fg("red")
insertLink("hey, click me!", [[echo("you clicked me!\n")]], "Click me popup", true)
resetFormat()

insertPopup

insertPopup([windowName], text, {commands}, {hints}, [useCurrentLinkFormat]): Creates text with a left-clickable link, and a right-click menu for more options exactly where the cursor position is, similar to insertText(). The inserted text, upon being left-clicked, will do the first command in the list. Upon being right-clicked, it'll display a menu with all possible commands. The menu will be populated with hints, one for each line.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window to echo to - use either main or omit for the main window, or the miniconsoles name otherwise.

name:

the name of the console to operate on. If not using this in a miniConsole, use "main" as the name.

{lua code}:

a table of lua code strings to do. ie, {[[send("hello")]], [[echo("hi!"]]}.

{hints}:

a table of strings which will be shown on the popup and right-click menu. ie, {"send the hi command", "echo hi to yourself"}.

useCurrentLinkFormat:

(optional) boolean value for using either the current formatting options (colour, underline, italic) or the link default (blue underline).

Example

-- Create some text as a clickable with a popup menu:
insertPopup("activities to do", {[[send "sleep"]], [[send "sit"]], [[send "stand"]]}, {"sleep", "sit", "stand"})

insertText

insertText([windowName], text): Inserts text at cursor postion in window - unlike echo(), which inserts the text at the end of the last line in the buffer (typically the one being processed by the triggers). You can use moveCursor() to move the cursor into position first.

insertHTML() also does the same thing as insertText, if you ever come across it.

ioprint

ioprint(text, some more text, ...): Prints text to the to the stdout. This is only available if you launched Mudlet from cmd.exe on Windows, from the terminal on Mac, or from the terminal on a Linux OS (launch the terminal program, type mudlet and press enter).

Similar to echo(), but does not require a "\n" at the end for a newline and can print several items given to it. It cannot print whole tables. This function works similarly to the print() you will see in guides for Lua.

This function is useful in working out potential crashing problems with Mudlet due to your scripts - as you will still see whatever it printed when Mudlet crashes.

Parameters

text:

The information you want to display.
Example

ioprint("hi!")
ioprint(1,2,3)
ioprint(myvariable, someothervariable, yetanothervariable)

isAnsiBgColor

isAnsiBgColor(ansiBgColorCode): This function tests if the first character of the current selection has the background color specified by ansiBgColorCode.

Parameters

ansiBgColorCode:

A color code to test for, possible codes are:

0 = default text color
1 = light black
2 = dark black
3 = light red
4 = dark red
5 = light green
6 = dark green
7 = light yellow
8 = dark yellow
9 = light blue
10 = dark blue
11 = light magenta
12 = dark magenta
13 = light cyan
14 = dark cyan
15 = light white
16 = dark white

Example

selectString( matches[1], 1 )
if isAnsiBgColor( 5 ) then
    bg("red");
    resetFormat();
    echo("yes, the background of the text is light green")
else
    echo( "no sorry, some other backgroundground color" )
end

Note: The variable named matches[1] holds the matched trigger pattern - even in substring, exact match, begin of line substring trigger patterns or even color triggers that do not know about the concept of capture groups. Consequently, you can always test if the text that has fired the trigger has a certain color and react accordingly. This function is faster than using getFgColor() and then handling the color comparison in Lua.

isAnsiFgColor

isAnsiFgColor(ansiFgColorCode): This function tests if the first character of the current selection has the foreground color specified by ansiFgColorCode.

Parameters

ansiFgColorCode:

A color code to test for, possible codes are:

0 = default text color
1 = light black
2 = dark black
3 = light red
4 = dark red
5 = light green
6 = dark green
7 = light yellow
8 = dark yellow
9 = light blue
10 = dark blue
11 = light magenta
12 = dark magenta
13 = light cyan
14 = dark cyan
15 = light white
16 = dark white

Example

selectString( matches[1], 1 )
if isAnsiFgColor( 5 ) then
    bg("red");
    resetFormat();
    echo("yes, the text is light green")
else
    echo( "no sorry, some other foreground color" )
end

Note: The variable named matches[1] holds the matched trigger pattern - even in substring, exact match, begin of line substring trigger patterns or even color triggers that do not know about the concept of capture groups. Consequently, you can always test if the text that has fired the trigger has a certain color and react accordingly. This function is faster than using getFgColor() and then handling the color comparison in Lua.

lowerWindow

lowerWindow(labelName): Moves the referenced label/console below all other labels/consoles. For the opposite effect, see: raiseWindow().

Parameters

labelName:

the name of the label/console you wish to move below the rest.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.1.0

Example

createLabel("blueLabel", 300, 300, 100, 100, 1)   --creates a blue label
setBackgroundColor("blueLabel", 50, 50, 250, 255)

createLabel("redLabel", 350, 350, 100, 100, 1)    --creates a red label which is placed on TOP of the blue label, as the last made label will sit at the top of the rest
setBackgroundColor("redLabel", 250, 50, 50, 255)

lowerWindow("redLabel")                          --lowers redLabel, causing blueLabel to be back on top

moveCursor

moveCursor([windowName], x, y): Moves the user cursor of the window windowName, or the main window, to the absolute point (x,y). This function returns false if such a move is impossible e.g. the coordinates don’t exist. To determine the correct coordinates use getLineNumber(), getColumnNumber() and getLastLineNumber(). The trigger engine will always place the user cursor at the beginning of the current line before the script is run. If you omit the windowName argument, the main screen will be used.

Returns true or false depending on if the cursor was moved to a valid position. Check this before doing further cursor operations - because things like deleteLine() might invalidate this.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) The window you are going to move the cursor in.

x:

The horizontal axis in the window - that is, the letter position within the line.

y:

The vertical axis in the window - that is, the line number.

Example

-- move cursor to the start of the previous line and insert -<(
-- the first 0 means we want the cursor right at the start of the line,
-- and getLineNumber()-1 means we want the cursor on the current line# - 1 which
-- equals to the previous line
moveCursor(0, getLineNumber()-1)
insertText("-<(")

-- now we move the cursor at the end of the previous line. Because the
-- cursor is on the previous line already, we can use #getCurrentLine()
-- to see how long it is. We also just do getLineNumber() because getLineNumber()
-- returns the current line # the cursor is on
moveCursor(#getCurrentLine(), getLineNumber())
insertText(")>-")

-- finally, reset it to the end where it was after our shenaningans - other scripts
-- could expect the cursor to be at the end
moveCursorEnd()

-- a more complicated example showing how to work with Mudlet functions

-- set up the small system message window in the top right corner
-- determine the size of your screen
local WindowWidth, WindowHeight = getMainWindowSize()

-- define a mini console named "sys" and set its background color
createMiniConsole("sys",WindowWidth-650,0,650,300)
setBackgroundColor("sys",85,55,0,255)

-- you *must* set the font size, otherwise mini windows will not work properly
setMiniConsoleFontSize("sys", 12)
-- wrap lines in window "sys" at 65 characters per line
setWindowWrap("sys", 60)
-- set default font colors and font style for window "sys"
setTextFormat("sys",0,35,255,50,50,50,0,0,0)
-- clear the window
clearUserWindow("sys")

moveCursorEnd("sys")
setFgColor("sys", 10,10,0)
setBgColor("sys", 0,0,255)
echo("sys", "test1---line1\n<this line is to be deleted>\n<this line is to be deleted also>\n")
echo("sys", "test1---line2\n")
echo("sys", "test1---line3\n")
setTextFormat("sys",158,0,255,255,0,255,0,0,0);
--setFgColor("sys",255,0,0);
echo("sys", "test1---line4\n")
echo("sys", "test1---line5\n")
moveCursor("sys", 1,1)

-- deleting lines 2+3
deleteLine("sys")
deleteLine("sys")

-- inserting a line at pos 5,2
moveCursor("sys", 5,2)
setFgColor("sys", 100,100,0)
setBgColor("sys", 255,100,0)
insertText("sys","############## line inserted at pos 5/2 ##############")

-- inserting a line at pos 0,0
moveCursor("sys", 0,0)
selectCurrentLine("sys")
setFgColor("sys", 255,155,255)
setBold( "sys", true );
setUnderline( "sys", true )
setItalics( "sys", true )
insertText("sys", "------- line inserted at: 0/0 -----\n")

setBold( "sys", true )
setUnderline( "sys", false )
setItalics( "sys", false )
setFgColor("sys", 255,100,0)
setBgColor("sys", 155,155,0)
echo("sys", "*** This is the end. ***\n")

moveCursorDown

moveCursorDown([windowName,] [lines,] [keepHorizontal]): Moves the cursor in the given window down a specified number of lines.; See also: moveCursor(), moveCursorUp(), moveCursorEnd()

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the miniconsole/userwindow, or "main" for the main window.

lines:

(optional) number of lines to move cursor down by, or 1 by default.

keepHorizontal:

(optional) true/false to specify if horizontal position should be retained, or reset to the start of the line otherwise.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17+

Example

Need example

moveCursorUp

moveCursorUp([windowName,] [lines,] [keepHorizontal]): Moves the cursor in the given window up a specified number of lines.; See also: moveCursor(), moveCursorDown(), moveCursorEnd()

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the miniconsole/userwindow, or "main" for the main window.

lines:

(optional) number of lines to move cursor up by, or 1 by default.

keepHorizontal:

(optional) true/false to specify if horizontal position should be retained, or reset to the start of the line otherwise.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.17+

Example

Need example

moveCursorEnd

moveCursorEnd([windowName]): Moves the cursor to the end of the buffer. "main" is the name of the main window, otherwise use the name of your user window.; See Also: moveCursor()

Returns true or false

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the miniconsole/userwindow, or "main" for the main window.

Example

Need example

moveGauge

moveGauge(gaugeName, newX, newY): Moves a gauge created with createGauge to the new x,y coordinates. Remember the coordinates are relative to the top-left corner of the output window.

Parameters

gaugeName:

The name of your gauge

newX:

The horizontal pixel location

newY:

The vertical pixel location

Example

-- This would move the health bar gauge to the location 1200, 400
moveGauge("healthBar", 1200, 400)

moveWindow

moveWindow(name, x, y): This function moves window name to the given x/y coordinate. The main screen cannot be moved. Instead you’ll have to set appropriate border values → preferences to move the main screen e.g. to make room for chat or information mini consoles, or other GUI elements. In the future moveWindow() will set the border values automatically if the name parameter is omitted.

Parameters

name:

The name of your window

newX:

The horizontal pixel location

newY:

The vertical pixel location

Note: Since Mudlet 3.7 this method can also be used on UserWindow consoles.

openUserWindow

openUserWindow(windowName, [restoreLayout]): Opens a user dockable console window for user output e.g. statistics, chat etc. If a window of such a name already exists, nothing happens. You can move these windows (even to a different screen on a system with a multi-screen display), dock them on any of the four sides of the main application window, make them into notebook tabs or float them.

Parameters

windowName:

name of your window, it must be unique across ALL profiles if more than one is open (for multi-playing).

restoreLayout:

(optional) - only relevant, if false is provided. Then the window won't be restored to its last known position.

Note: Since Mudlet version 3.2, Mudlet will automatically remember the windows last position and the restoreLayout argument is available as well.

Examples

openUserWindow("My floating window")
cecho("My floating window", "<red>hello <blue>bob!")

-- if you don't want Mudlet to remember its last position:
openUserWindow("My floating window", false)

paste

paste(windowName): Pastes the previously copied text including all format codes like color, font etc. at the current user cursor position. The copy() and paste() functions can be used to copy formated text from the main window to a user window without losing colors e. g. for chat windows, map windows etc.

Parameters

windowName:

The name of your window

prefix

prefix(text, [writingFunction], [foregroundColor], [backgroundColor], [windowName]): Prefixes text at the beginning of the current line when used in a trigger.

Parameters

text:

the information you want to prefix

"writingFunction:"

optional parameter, allows the selection of different functions to be used to write the text, valid options are: echo, cecho, decho, and hecho.

"foregroundColor:"

optional parameter, allows a foreground color to be specified if using the echo function using a color name, as with the fg() function

"backgroundColor:"

optional parameter, allows a background color to be specified if using the echo function using a color name, as with the bg() function

"windowName:"

optional parameter, allows the selection a miniconsole or the main window for the line that will be prefixed
Example

-- Prefix the hours, minutes and seconds onto our prompt even though Mudlet has a button for that
prefix(os.date("%H:%M:%S "))
-- Prefix the time in red into a miniconsole named "my_console"
prefix(os.date("<red>%H:%M:%S<reset>", cecho, nil, nil, "my_console"))

print

print(text, some more text, ...): Prints text to the main window. Similar to echo(), but does not require a "\n" at the end for a newline and can print several items given to it. It cannot print whole tables - use display() for those. This function works similarly to the print() you will see in guides for Lua.

Parameters

text:

The information you want to display.
Example

print("hi!")
print(1,2,3)
print(myvariable, someothervariable, yetanothervariable)

raiseWindow

raiseWindow(labelName): Raises the referenced label/console above all over labels/consoles. For the opposite effect, see: lowerWindow().

Parameters

labelName:

the name of the label/console you wish to bring to the top of the rest.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.1.0

Example

createLabel("blueLabel", 300, 300, 100, 100, 1)   --creates a blue label
setBackgroundColor("blueLabel", 50, 50, 250, 255)

createLabel("redLabel", 350, 350, 100, 100, 1)    --creates a red label which is placed on TOP of the bluewindow, as the last made label will sit at the top of the rest
setBackgroundColor("redLabel", 250, 50, 50, 255)

raiseWindow("blueLabel")                          --raises blueLabel back at the top, above redLabel

replace

replace([windowName], with, [keepcolor]): Replaces the currently selected text with the new text. To select text, use selectString(), selectSection() or a similar function.

Note: If you’d like to delete/gag the whole line, use deleteLine() instead.

Note: when used outside of a trigger context (for example, in a timer instead of a trigger), replace() won't trigger the screen to refresh. Instead, use replace("") and insertText("new text") as insertText() does.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of window (a miniconsole)

with:

the new text to display.

keepcolor:

(optional) argument, setting this to true will keep the existing colors (since Mudlet 3.0+)

Example

-- replace word "troll" with "cute trolly"
selectString("troll",1)
replace("cute trolly")

-- replace the whole line
selectCurrentLine()
replace("Out with the old, in with the new!")

replaceAll

replaceAll(what, with): Replaces all occurrences of what in the current line with with.

Parameters

what:

the text to replace

Note: This accepts Lua patterns

with:

the new text to have in place

Examples

-- replace all occurrences of the word "south" in the line with "north"
replaceAll("south", "north")

-- replace all occurrences of the text that the variable "target" has
replaceAll(target, "The Bad Guy")

replaceWildcard

replaceWildcard(which, replacement): Replaces the given wildcard (as a number) with the given text. Equivalent to doing:

selectString(matches[2], 1)
replace("text")

Parameters

which:

Wildcard to replace.

replacement:

Text to replace the wildcard with.

Example

replaceWildcard(2, "hello") -- on a perl regex trigger of ^You wave (goodbye)\.$, it will make it seem like you waved hello

resetFormat

resetFormat(): Resets the colour/bold/italics formatting. Always use this function when done adjusting formatting, so make sure what you've set doesn't 'bleed' onto other triggers/aliases.

Parameters: None

Example

-- select and set the 'Tommy' to red in the line
if selectString("Tommy", 1) ~= -1 then fg("red") end

-- now reset the formatting, so our echo isn't red
resetFormat()
echo(" Hi Tommy!")

-- another example: just highlighting some words
for _, word in ipairs{"he", "she", "her", "their"} do
  if selectString(word, 1) ~= -1 then
    bg("blue")
  end
end
resetFormat()

resizeWindow

resizeWindow(windowName, width, height): Resizes a mini console, label, or floating User Windows.; See also: createMiniConsole(), createLabel(), handleWindowResizeEvent(), resizeWindow(), setBorderSizes(), openUserWindow()

Parameters

windowName:

The name of your window

width:

The new width you want

height:

The new height you want

Note: Since Mudlet 3.7 this method can also be used on UserWindow consoles, only if they are floating.

selectCaptureGroup

selectCaptureGroup(groupNumber): Selects the content of the capture group number in your Perl regular expression (from matches[]). It does not work with multimatches.

selectCurrentLine

selectCurrentLine([windowName]): Selects the content of the current line that the cursor at. By default, the cursor is at the start of the current line that the triggers are processing, but you can move it with the moveCursor() function.

Note: This selects the whole line, including the linebreak - so it has a subtle difference from the slightly slower selectString(line, 1) selection method.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window in which to select text.

Example

-- color the whole line green!
selectCurrentLine()
fg("green")
deselect()
resetFormat()

-- to select the previous line, you can do this:
moveCursor(0, getLineNumber()-1)
selectCurrentLine()

-- to select two lines back, this:
moveCursor(0, getLineNumber()-2)
selectCurrentLine()

selectSection

selectSection( [windowName], fromPosition, length ): Selects the specified parts of the line starting from the left and extending to the right for however how long. The line starts from 0.; Returns true if the selection was successful, and false if the line wasn't actually long enough or the selection couldn't be done in general.

Parameters

"windowName:"

(optional) name of the window in which to select text. By default the main window, if no windowName is given.

Will not work if "main" is given as the windowName to try to select from the main window.

fromPosition:

number to specify at which position in the line to begin selecting

length:

number to specify the amount of characters you want to select

Example

-- select and colour the first character in the line red
if selectSection(0,1) then fg("red") end

-- select and colour the second character green (start selecting from the first character, and select 1 character)
if selectSection(1,1) then fg("green") end

-- select and colour three character after the first two grey (start selecting from the 2nd character for 3 characters long)
if selectSection(2,3) then fg("grey") end

selectString

selectString( [windowName], text, number_of_match ): Selects a substring from the line where the user cursor is currently positioned - allowing you to edit selected text (apply colour, make it be a link, copy to other windows or other things).

Note: You can move the user cursor with moveCursor(). When a new line arrives from the MUD, the user cursor is positioned at the beginning of the line. However, if one of your trigger scripts moves the cursor around you need to take care of the cursor position yourself and make sure that the cursor is in the correct line if you want to call one of the select functions. To deselect text, see deselect().

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the window in which to select text. By default the main window, if no windowName or an empty string is given.

text:

The text to select. It is matched as a substring match (so the text anywhere within the line will get selected).

number_of_match:

The occurrence of text on the line that you'd like to select. For example, if the line was "Bob and Bob", 1 would select the first Bob, and 2 would select the second Bob.

Returns position in line or -1 on error (text not found in line)

Note: To prevent working on random text if your selection didn't actually select anything, check the -1 return code before doing changes:

Example

if selectString( "big monster", 1 ) > -1 then fg("red") end

setAppStyleSheet

setAppStyleSheet(stylesheet [, tag]): Sets a stylesheet for the entire Mudlet application - allowing you to customise content outside of the main window (the profile tabs, the scrollbar, and so on). Enhanced in Mudlet version 3.19.0 to generate an event that profiles/packages can utilise to redraw any parts of the UI that they themselves had previously styled so their effects can be re-applied to the new application style.

The event has two arguments in addition to the standard first one (the event name), the first of the additional ones is the optional argument to the function which can be used to identify something about the source of the new application style (see below), if it is omitted an empty string will be passed as the parameter; the second additional parameter is the profile that loaded the new style sheet. In combination these two parameters may be utilised to inform any package or script that modifies the styling of any part of the user-interface how it might need to adjust the appearance of that styling.

Parameters

stylesheet:

The entire stylesheet you'd like to use.

tag: (with Mudlet 3.19+)

An optional string tag or identifier that will be passed as a second argument in the sysAppStyleSheetChange event that is provided by that or later versions of Mudlet.

References: See Qt Style Sheets Reference for the list of widgets you can style and CSS properties you can apply on them.; See also QDarkStyleSheet, a rather extensive stylesheet that shows you all the different configuration options you could apply, available as an mpackage here.

Example

-- credit to Akaya @ http://forums.mudlet.org/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4610&start=10#p21770
local background_color = "#26192f"
local border_color = "#b8731b"

setAppStyleSheet([[
  QMainWindow {
     background: ]]..background_color..[[;
  }
  QToolBar {
     background: ]]..background_color..[[;
  }
  QToolButton {
     background: ]]..background_color..[[;
     border-style: solid;
     border-width: 2px;
     border-color: ]]..border_color..[[;
     border-radius: 5px;
     font-family: BigNoodleTitling;
     color: white;
     margin: 2px;
     font-size: 12pt;
  }
  QToolButton:hover { background-color: grey;}
  QToolButton:focus { background-color: grey;}

  QTreeView {
     background: ]]..background_color..[[;
     color: white;
  }

  QMenuBar{ background-color: ]]..background_color..[[;}

  QMenuBar::item{ background-color: ]]..background_color..[[;}

  QDockWidget::title {
     background: ]]..border_color..[[;
  }
  QStatusBar {
     background: ]]..border_color..[[;
  }
  QScrollBar:vertical {
     background: ]]..background_color..[[;
     width: 15px;
     margin: 22px 0 22px 0;
  }
  QScrollBar::handle:vertical {
     background-color: ]]..background_color..[[;
     min-height: 20px;
     border-width: 2px;
     border-style: solid;
     border-color: ]]..border_color..[[;
     border-radius: 7px;
  }
  QScrollBar::add-line:vertical {
   background-color: ]]..background_color..[[;
   border-width: 2px;
   border-style: solid;
   border-color: ]]..border_color..[[;
   border-bottom-left-radius: 7px;
   border-bottom-right-radius: 7px;
        height: 15px;
        subcontrol-position: bottom;
        subcontrol-origin: margin;
  }
  QScrollBar::sub-line:vertical {
   background-color: ]]..background_color..[[;
   border-width: 2px;
   border-style: solid;
   border-color: ]]..border_color..[[;
   border-top-left-radius: 7px;
   border-top-right-radius: 7px;
        height: 15px;
        subcontrol-position: top;
        subcontrol-origin: margin;
  }
  QScrollBar::up-arrow:vertical, QScrollBar::down-arrow:vertical {
     background: white;
     width: 4px;
     height: 3px;
  }
  QScrollBar::add-page:vertical, QScrollBar::sub-page:vertical {
     background: none;
  }
]])

-- if you'd like to reset it, use:
setAppStyleSheet("")

-- to only affect scrollbars within the main window and miniconsoles, prefix them with 'TConsole':
setAppStyleSheet[[
  TConsole QScrollBar:vertical {
      border: 2px solid grey;
      background: #32CC99;
      width: 15px;
      margin: 22px 0 22px 0;
  }
  TConsole QScrollBar::handle:vertical {
      background: white;
      min-height: 20px;
  }
  TConsole QScrollBar::add-line:vertical {
      border: 2px solid grey;
      background: #32CC99;
      height: 20px;
      subcontrol-position: bottom;
      subcontrol-origin: margin;
  }
  TConsole QScrollBar::sub-line:vertical {
      border: 2px solid grey;
      background: #32CC99;
      height: 20px;
      subcontrol-position: top;
      subcontrol-origin: margin;
  }
  TConsole QScrollBar::up-arrow:vertical, QScrollBar::down-arrow:vertical {
      border: 2px solid grey;
      width: 3px;
      height: 3px;
      background: white;
  }
  TConsole QScrollBar::add-page:vertical, QScrollBar::sub-page:vertical {
      background: none;
  }
]]

Also available as a one-line install - copy/paste this into Mudlet:

lua function downloaded_package(a,b) if not b:find("dark",1,true) then return end installPackage(b) os.remove(b) end registerAnonymousEventHandler("sysDownloadDone","downloaded_package") downloadFile(getMudletHomeDir() .. "/dark.mpackage", "http://www.mudlet.org/wp-content/files/dark-theme-mudlet.zip")

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.0.

It is anticipated that the Mudlet application itself will make further use of application styling effects and two strings are provisionally planned for the second parameter in the sysAppStyleSheetChange event: "mudlet-theme-dark" and "mudlet-theme-light"; it will also set the third parameter to "system".

setBackgroundColor

setBackgroundColor([windowName], r, g, b, transparency): Sets the background for the given label, miniconsole, or userwindow. Colors are from 0 to 255 (0 being black), and transparency is from 0 to 255 (0 being completely transparent).

Note: Transparency only works on labels, not miniconsoles for efficiency reasons.

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) name of the label/miniconsole/userwindow to change the background color on, or "main" for the main window.

r:

Amount of red to use, from 0 (none) to 255 (full).

g:

Amount of green to use, from 0 (none) to 255 (full).

b:

Amount of red to use, from 0 (none) to 255 (full).

transparency:

Amount of transparency to use, from 0 (fully transparent) to 255 (fully opaque).

Note: The parameter windowName supports "main" since Mudlet 3.10.

Example

-- make a red label that's somewhat transparent
setBackgroundColor("some label",255,0,0,200)

setBackgroundImage

setBackgroundImage(labelName, imageLocation): Loads an image file (png) as a background image for a label. This can be used to display clickable buttons in combination with setLabelClickCallback() and such.

Note: You can only do this for labels, not miniconsoles.

Note: You can also load images via setLabelStyleSheet().

Parameters

labelName:

The name of the label to change it's background color.

imageLocation:

The full path to the image location. It's best to use [[ ]] instead of "" for it - because for Windows paths, backslashes need to be escaped.

Example

-- give the top border a nice look
setBackgroundImage("top bar", [[/home/vadi/Games/Mudlet/games/top_bar.png]])

setBgColor

setBgColor([windowName], r, g, b): Sets the current text background color in the main window unless windowName parameter given. If you have selected text prior to this call, the selection will be highlighted otherwise the current text background color will be changed. If you set a foreground or background color, the color will be used until you call resetFormat() on all further print commands.

See also: cecho()

Parameters

windowName:

(optional) either be none or "main" for the main console, or a miniconsole / userwindow name.

r:

The red component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255

g:

The green component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255

b:

The blue component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255

Example

--highlights the first occurrence of the string "Tom" in the current line with a red background color.
selectString( "Tom", 1 )
setBgColor( 255,0,0 )

--prints "Hello" on red background and "You" on blue.
setBgColor(255,0,0)
echo("Hello")
setBgColor(0,0,255)
echo(" You!")
resetFormat()

setBold

setBold(windowName, boolean): Sets the current text font to bold (true) or non-bold (false) mode. If the windowName parameters omitted, the main screen will be used. If you've got text currently selected in the Mudlet buffer, then the selection will be bolded. Any text you add after with echo() or insertText() will be bolded until you use resetFormat().

windowName:

Optional parameter set the current text background color in windowname given.

boolean:

A true or false that enables or disables bolding of text

Example

-- enable bold formatting
setBold(true)
-- the following echo will be bolded
echo("hi")
-- turns off bolding, italics, underlines and colouring. It's good practice to clean up after you're done with the formatting, so other your formatting doesn't "bleed" into other echoes.
resetFormat()

setBorderBottom

setBorderBottom(size): Sets the size of the bottom border of the main window in pixels. A border means that the MUD text won't go on it, so this gives you room to place your graphical elements there.; See Also: setBorderSizes(), setBorderColor(), getBorderBottom()

Parameters

size:

Height of the border in pixels - with 0 indicating no border.

Example

setBorderBottom(150)

setBorderColor

setBorderColor(red, green, blue): Sets the color of the main windows border that you can create either with lua commands, or via the main window settings.; See Also: setBorderSizes()

Parameters

red:

Amount of red color to use, from 0 to 255.

green:

Amount of green color to use, from 0 to 255.

blue:

Amount of blue color to use, from 0 to 255.

Example

-- set the border to be completely blue
setBorderColor(0, 0, 255)

-- or red, using a name
setBorderColor( unpack(color_table.red) )

setBorderLeft

setBorderLeft(size): Sets the size of the left border of the main window in pixels. A border means that the MUD text won't go on it, so this gives you room to place your graphical elements there.; See Also: setBorderSizes(), setBorderColor(), getBorderLeft()

Parameters

size:

Width of the border in pixels - with 0 indicating no border.

Example

setBorderLeft(5)

setBorderRight

setBorderRight(size): Sets the size of the right border of the main window in pixels. A border means that the MUD text won't go on it, so this gives you room to place your graphical elements there.; See Also: setBorderSizes(), setBorderColor(), getBorderRight()

Parameters

size:

Width of the border in pixels - with 0 indicating no border.

Example

setBorderRight(50)

setBorderSizes

setBorderSizes(top, right, bottom, left): Sets the size of all borders of the main window in pixels. A border means that the MUD text won't go on it, so this gives you room to place your graphical elements there.; The exact result of this function depends on how many numbers you give to it as arguments.; See also: getBorderSizes(), setBorderTop(), setBorderRight(), setBorderBottom(), setBorderLeft(), setBorderColor()

Note: Available since Mudlet 4.0

Arguments

setBorderSizes(top, right, bottom, left)

4 arguments: All borders will be set to their new given size.

setBorderSizes(top, width, bottom)

3 arguments: Top and bottom borders will be set to their new given size, and right and left will gain the same width.

setBorderSizes(height, width)

2 arguments: Top and bottom borders will gain the same height, and right and left borders gain the same width.

setBorderSizes(size)

1 argument: All borders will be set to the same size.

setBorderSizes()

0 arguments: All borders will be hidden or set to size of 0 = no border.

Example

setBorderSizes(100, 50, 150, 0) 
-- big border at the top, bigger at the bottom, small at the right, none at the left

setBorderSizes(100, 50, 150) 
-- big border at the top, bigger at the bottom, small at the right and the left

setBorderSizes(100, 50) 
-- big border at the top and the bottom, small at the right and the left

setBorderSizes(100) 
-- big borders at all four sides

setBorderSizes() 
-- no borders at all four sides

setBorderTop

setBorderTop(size): Sets the size of the top border of the main window in pixels. A border means that the MUD text won't go on it, so this gives you room to place your graphical elements there.; See Also: setBorderSizes(), setBorderColor(), getBorderTop()

Parameters

size:

Height of the border in pixels - with 0 indicating no border.

Example

setBorderTop(100)

setFgColor

setFgColor([windowName], red, green, blue): Sets the current text foreground color in the main window unless windowName parameter given.

windowName:

(optional) either be none or "main" for the main console, or a miniconsole / userwindow name.

red:

The red component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255

green:

The green component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255

blue:

The blue component of the gauge color. Passed as an integer number from 0 to 255

Example

--highlights the first occurrence of the string "Tom" in the current line with a red foreground color.
selectString( "Tom", 1 )
setFgColor( 255, 0, 0 )

setButtonStyleSheet

setButtonStyleSheet(button, markup): Applies Qt style formatting to a button via a special markup language.

Parameters

button:

The name of the button to be formatted.

markup:

The string instructions, as specified by the Qt Style Sheet reference.

Note: You can instead use QWidget { markup }. QWidget will reference 'button', allowing the use of pseudostates like QWidget:hover and QWidget:selected

References: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-5/stylesheet-reference.html

Example

setButtonStyleSheet("my test button", [[
  QWidget {
    background-color: #999999;
    border: 3px #777777;
  }
  QWidget:hover {
    background-color: #bbbbbb;
  }
  QWidget:checked {
    background-color: #77bb77;
    border: 3px #559955;
  }
  QWidget:hover:checked {
    background-color: #99dd99;
  } ]])

setFont

setFont(name, font): Sets the font on the given window or console name. Can be used to change font of the main console, miniconsoles, and userwindows. Use a monospaced font - non-monospace fonts are not supported in Mudlet. See here for more.; See also: getFont(), setFontSize(), getFontSize(), openUserWindow(), getAvailableFonts()

Parameters

name:

Optional - the window name to set font size of - can either be none or "main" for the main console, or a miniconsole / userwindow name.

font:

The font to use.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.9+

Example

-- The following will set the "main" console window font to Ubuntu Mono, another font included in Mudlet.
setFont("Ubuntu Mono")
setFont("main", "Ubuntu Mono")

-- This will set the font size of a miniconsole named "combat" to Ubuntu Mono.
setFont("combat", "Ubuntu Mono")

setFontSize

setFontSize(name, size): Sets a font size on the given window or console name. Can be used to change font size of the Main console as well as dockable UserWindows.; See Also: getFontSize(), openUserWindow()

Parameters

name:

Optional - the window name to set font size of - can either be none or "main" for the main console, or a UserWindow name.

size:

The font size to apply to the window.

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.4+

Example

-- The following will set the "main" console window font to 12-point font.
setFontSize(12)
setFontSize("main", 12)

-- This will set the font size of a user window named "uw1" to 12-point font.
setFontSize("uw1", 12)

setGauge

setGauge(gaugeName, currentValue, maxValue, gaugeText): Use this function when you want to change the gauges look according to your values. Typical usage would be in a prompt with your current health or whatever value, and throw in some variables instead of the numbers.

Example

-- create a gauge
createGauge("healthBar", 300, 20, 30, 300, nil, "green")

--Change the looks of the gauge named healthBar and make it
--fill to half of its capacity. The height is always remembered.
setGauge("healthBar", 200, 400)

--If you wish to change the text on your gauge, you’d do the following:
setGauge("healthBar", 200, 400, "some text")

setGaugeStyleSheet

setGaugeStyleSheet(gaugeName, css, cssback, csstext): Sets the CSS stylesheets on a gauge - one on the front (the part that resizes accoding to the values on the gauge) and one in the back.

Example

setGaugeStyleSheet("hp_bar", [[background-color: QLinearGradient( x1: 0, y1: 0, x2: 0, y2: 1, stop: 0 #f04141, stop: 0.1 #ef2929, stop: 0.49 #cc0000, stop: 0.5 #a40000, stop: 1 #cc0000);
border-top: 1px black solid;
border-left: 1px black solid;
border-bottom: 1px black solid;
border-radius: 7;
padding: 3px;]],
[[background-color: QLinearGradient( x1: 0, y1: 0, x2: 0, y2: 1, stop: 0 #bd3333, stop: 0.1 #bd2020, stop: 0.49 #990000, stop: 0.5 #700000, stop: 1 #990000);
border-width: 1px;
border-color: black;
border-style: solid;
border-radius: 7;
padding: 3px;]])

setGaugeText

setGaugeText(gaugename, css, ccstext ): Set the formatting of the text used inside the inserted gaugename.

Example

setGaugeText("healthBar", [[<p style="font-weight:bold;color:#C9C9C9;letter-spacing:1pt;word-spacing:2pt;font-size:12px;text-align:center;font-family:arial black, sans-serif;">]]..MY_NUMERIC_VARIABLE_HERE..[[</p>]])

Useful resources: http://csstxt.com - Generate the text exactly how you like it before pasting it into the css slot.; https://www.w3schools.com/colors/colors_picker.asp - Can help you choose colors for your text!

setHexBgColor

setHexBgColor([windowName], hexColorString): Sets the current text nackground color in the main window unless windowName parameter given. This function allows to specify the color as a 6 character hexadecimal string.

windowName:

Optional parameter set the current text background color in windowname given.

hexColorString

6 character long hexadecimal string to set the color to. The first two characters 00-FF represent the red part of the color, the next two the green and the last two characters stand for the blue part of the color

setHexFgColor

setHexFgColor([windowName], hexColorString): Sets the current text foreground color in the main window unless windowName parameter given. This function allows to specify the color as a 6 character hexadecimal string.

windowName:

Optional parameter set the current text foreground color in windowname given.

hexColorString

6 character long hexadecimal string to set the color to. The first two characters 00-FF represent the red part of the color, the next two the green and the last two characters stand for the blue part of the color

setItalics

setItalics(windowName, bool): Sets the current text font to italics/non-italics mode. If the windowName parameters omitted, the main screen will be used.

setLabelClickCallback

setLabelClickCallback(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments]): Specifies a Lua function to be called if the user clicks on the label/image. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button. Additionally, this function passes an event table as the final argument. This table contains information about the mouse button clicked, other buttons that were pressed at the time, and the mouse cursor's local (relative to the label) and global (relative to the Mudlet window) position. The function specified in luaFunctionName is called like so:

luaFuncName(optional number of arguments, event)

where event has the following structure:

event = {
  x = 100,
  y = 200,
  globalX = 300,
  globalY = 320,
  button = "LeftButton",
  buttons = {"RightButton", "MidButton"},
}

Parameters

labelName:

The name of the label to attach a callback function to.

luaFunctionName:

The Lua function name to call, as a string.

any arguments:

(optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.

Note: Event argument only available in 3.6+

Note: While event.button may contain a single string of any listed below, event.buttons will only ever contain some combination of "LeftButton", "MidButton", and "RightButton"

The following mouse button strings are defined:

"LeftButton"        "RightButton"        "MidButton"
"BackButton"        "ForwardButton"      "TaskButton"
"ExtraButton4"      "ExtraButton5"       "ExtraButton6"
"ExtraButton7"      "ExtraButton8"       "ExtraButton9"
"ExtraButton10"     "ExtraButton11"      "ExtraButton12"
"ExtraButton13"     "ExtraButton14"      "ExtraButton15"
"ExtraButton16"     "ExtraButton17"      "ExtraButton18"
"ExtraButton19"     "ExtraButton20"      "ExtraButton21"
"ExtraButton22"     "ExtraButton23"      "ExtraButton24"

Example

function onClickGoNorth(event)
  if event.button == "LeftButton" then
    send("walk north")
  else if event.button == "RightButton" then
    send("swim north")
  else if event.button == "MidButton" then
    send("gallop north")
  end
end

setLabelClickCallback( "compassNorthImage", "onClickGoNorth" )

-- you can also use them within tables now:
mynamespace = {
  onClickGoNorth = function()
    echo("the north button was clicked!")
  end
}

setLabelClickCallback( "compassNorthImage", "mynamespace.onClickGoNorth" )

setLabelDoubleClickCallback

setLabelDoubleClickCallback(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments]): Specifies a Lua function to be called if the user double clicks on the label/image. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button. Additionally, this function passes an event table as the final argument, as in setLabelClickCallback()

Note: Available in Mudlet 3.6+

Parameters

labelName:

The name of the label to attach a callback function to.

luaFunctionName:

The Lua function name to call, as a string.

any arguments:

(optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.

setLabelMoveCallback

setLabelMoveCallback(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments]): Specifies a Lua function to be called when the mouse moves while inside the specified label/console. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button. Additionally, this function passes an event table as the final argument, as in setLabelClickCallback()

Parameters

labelName:

The name of the label to attach a callback function to.

luaFunctionName:

The Lua function name to call, as a string.

any arguments:

(optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.

Note: Available since Mudlet 3.6

setLabelOnEnter

setLabelOnEnter(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments]): Specifies a Lua function to be called when the mouse enters within the labels borders. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button. Additionally, this function passes an event table as the final argument, similar to setLabelClickCallback(), but with slightly different information.; For this callback, the event argument has the following structure:

event = {
  x = 100,
  y = 200,
  globalX = 300,
  globalY = 320,
}

Parameters

labelName:

The name of the label to attach a callback function to.

luaFunctionName:

The Lua function name to call, as a string - it must be registered as a global function, and not inside any namespaces (tables).

any arguments:

(optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.

Example

function onMouseOver()
  echo("The mouse is hovering over the label!\n")
end

setLabelOnEnter( "compassNorthImage", "onMouseOver" )

setLabelOnLeave

setLabelClickCallback(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments]): Specifies a Lua function to be called when the mouse leaves the labels borders. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button.

Parameters

labelName:

The name of the label to attach a callback function to.

luaFunctionName:

The Lua function name to call, as a string - it must be registered as a global function, and not inside any namespaces (tables).

any arguments:

(optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.

Example

function onMouseLeft(argument)
  echo("The mouse quit hovering over the label the label! We also got this as data on the function: "..argument)
end

setLabelOnLeave( "compassNorthImage", "onMouseLeft", "argument to pass to function" )

setLabelReleaseCallback

setLabelReleaseCallback(labelName, luaFunctionName, [any arguments]): Specifies a Lua function to be called when a mouse click ends that originated on the specified label/console. This function is called even if you drag the mouse off of the label/console before releasing the click. This function can pass any number of string or integer number values as additional parameters. These parameters are then used in the callback - thus you can associate data with the label/button. Additionally, this function passes an event table as the final argument, as in setLabelClickCallback()

Parameters

labelName:

The name of the label to attach a callback function to.

luaFunctionName:

The Lua function name to call, as a string.

any arguments:

(optional) Any amount of arguments you'd like to pass to the calling function.

Note: This command was added in version 3.0.0

Note: The event argument only available since Mudlet 3.6

Example

function onReleaseNorth()
  echo("the north button was released!")
end

setLabelReleaseCallback( "compassNorthImage", "onReleaseNorth" )

-- you can also use them within tables:
mynamespace = {
  onReleaseNorth = function()
    echo("the north button was released!")
  end
}

setLabelReleaseCallback( "compassNorthImage", "mynamespace.onReleaseNorth" )

setLabelStyleSheet

setLabelStyleSheet(label, markup): Applies Qt style formatting to a label via a special markup language.

Parameters

label:

The name of the label to be formatted (passed when calling createLabel).

markup:

The string instructions, as specified by the Qt Style Sheet reference.

Note that when specifying a file path for styling purposes, forward slashes, / , must be used, even if your OS uses backslashes, \ , normally.

References: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-5/stylesheet-reference.html

Example

-- This creates a label with a white background and a green border, with the text "test"
-- inside.
createLabel("test", 50, 50, 100, 100, 0)
setLabelStyleSheet("test", [[
  background-color: white;
  border: 10px solid green;
  font-size: 12px;
  ]])
echo("test", "test")

-- This creates a label with a single image, that will tile or clip depending on the
-- size of the label. To use this example, please supply your own image.
createLabel("test5", 50, 353, 164, 55, 0)
setLabelStyleSheet("test5", [[
  background-image: url("C:/Users/Administrator/.config/mudlet/profiles/Midkemia Online/Vyzor/MkO_logo.png");
  ]])

-- This creates a label with a single image, that can be resized (such as during a
-- sysWindowResizeEvent). To use this example, please supply your own image.
createLabel("test9", 215, 353, 100, 100, 0)
setLabelStyleSheet("test9", [[
  border-image: url("C:/Users/Administrator/.config/mudlet/profiles/Midkemia Online/Vyzor/MkO_logo.png");
  ]])

--This creates a label whose background changes when the users mouse hovers over it.

--putting the styleSheet in a variable allows us to easily change the styleSheet. We also are placing colors in variables that have been preset.  
local labelBackgroundColor = "#123456"
local labelHoverColor = "#654321"
local labelFontSize = 12
local labelName = "HoverLabel"
local ourLabelStyle = [[
QLabel{
	background-color: ]]..labelBackgroundColor..[[;
	font-size: ]]..labelFontSize..[[px;
	qproperty-alignment: 'AlignCenter | AlignCenter';
}
QLabel::hover{
	background-color: ]]..labelHoverColor..[[;
	font-size: ]]..labelFontSize..[[px;
	qproperty-alignment: 'AlignCenter | AlignCenter';
}
]]

--Creating the label using the labelName and ourLabelStyle variables created above.
createLabel(labelName,0,0,400,400,1)
setLabelStyleSheet(labelName, ourLabelStyl

Manual:Lua Functions

Contents

Global variables

Function Categories

Basic Essentials

send

echo

display

debugc

Database Functions

db:add

db:aggregate

db:AND

db:between

db:close

db:create

db:delete

db:eq

db:exp

db:fetch

db:fetch_sql

db:gt

db:get_database

db:gte

db:in_

db:is_nil

db:is_not_nil

db:like

db:lt

db:lte

db:merge_unique

db:not_between

db:not_eq

db:not_in

db:not_like

db:OR

db:query_by_example

db:safe_name

db:set

db:update

db:_sql_convert

db:_sql_values

Transaction Functions

db:_begin

db:_commit

db:_end

db:_rollback

Date & Time Functions

datetime:parse

getEpoch

getTime

getTimestamp

shms

File System Functions

io.exists

lfs.attributes

Mapper Functions

addAreaName

addCustomLine

addMapEvent

addMapMenu

addRoom

addSpecialExit

centerview

clearAreaUserData

clearAreaUserDataItem

clearMapUserData

clearMapUserDataItem

clearRoomUserData

clearRoomUserDataItem

clearSpecialExits

connectExitStub

createMapLabel

createMapImageLabel

createMapper

createRoomID

deleteArea

deleteMapLabel

deleteRoom

exportAreaImage